units

faculty-ug-edu

Faculty of Education

Monash University

Monash University Handbook 2013 Undergraduate - Units

This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2013 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.

print version


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosalyn Black

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing fieldwork experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the first of two fieldwork experience units students undertake in their first year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements Manuals.

Fieldwork

For course 3750 BEd(P-10) or 4209 BEd(SpecEd): 10 days fieldwork placement

Assessment

Hurdle requirement:: Satisfactory completion of 10 days of fieldwork experience

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 10 days of fieldwork experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

EDF1303 Learning and educational inquiry 1 or EDF1205 English education 1 (P-10)


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosalyn Black

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing fieldwork experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the second of two fieldwork experience units students undertake in their first year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements Manuals.

Fieldwork

For course 3750 BEd(P-10) or 4209 BEd(SpecEd): 10 days fieldwork placement

Assessment

Hurdle requirement: satisfactory completion of 10 days of fieldwork experience

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 10 days of fieldwork experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

EDF1304 Learning and educational inquiry 2 or EDF1206 Mathematics education 1 (P-10)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marc Pruyn

Synopsis

This unit provides students with Australian historical and cross-cultural knowledge which will develop their understandings of the range of cultural experiences within the Australian community. Emphasis will be placed on how historical events have helped shape culture; how Aboriginal culture and Torres Strait Islander culture have changed in response to the arrival of foreign cultures and people; and how imported cultures have been changed with transportation to Australia.
This unit assists students to explore our cultural diversity. It provides information on the contributions that different cultural groups have made to the development of Australian society and on the various views towards immigration and multiculturalism that have historically influenced government policies and programs and transformed the Australian population.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to

  1. have developed understandings about the way in which historical, social, political, and economic events shape culture;
  2. have developed knowledge and understanding about the complexity of all multi-cultural communities in Australia including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander societies;
  3. appreciate the impact and consequences of the European invasion on the lives of indigenous people in the past and present;
  4. appreciate the ways in which other cultures have changed with immigration to Australia;
  5. appreciate the complexity and diversity of various cultural groups represented in Australian society;
  6. be able to identify the contemporary issues faced by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people and multi-cultural Australia and initiatives developed by them and government to address these; and
  7. value the cultural heritage of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples and the multicultural communities and their historic and continuing contribution to Australian society.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Research & Fieldwork Report (2,000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Individual Project (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Sylvia Almeida

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of science with children. Important conceptual ideas and processes about translating science into classroom learning activities will be fundamental to the unit. Students will be introduced to the relevant science curriculum framework with historical and contemporary changes in the teaching of science being considered in the context of a range of teaching strategies used in primary school and early childhood settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of science with children;
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about science into classroom learning activities for children; developed understandings of the variety of assessment techniques available to evaluate student learning in science education;
  3. explore ways of stimulating and enriching children's natural curiosity by presenting a broad range of learning experiences; and
  4. reflect on their past and present science education experiences developed through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching science.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Reflective essay (1,600 words, 40%)
Assessment task 2: Portfolio (2.400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prohibitions

EDF4220


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Clare Hall

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to key issues and knowledge in music education. Issues such as musical development, musical literacies and musical identities, will be examined and how they relate to music curriculum and assessment in the primary levels. Experiences making music introduce students to domain specific skills and concepts such as improvisation, composition, music notation, and playing classroom instruments and provide a practical understanding of relevant theories and methodologies in music pedagogy.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. have developed a critical understanding of issues in music education
  2. understand current research in music pedagogy
  3. develop an awareness of disciplinary skills and concepts in music
  4. develop confidence in presenting class music activities

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Research assignment (2,000 words or equivalent,50%)
Assessment task 2: Music project (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Sylvia Almeida

Synopsis

In this unit a futures orientated approach is taken in an exploration of sustainability and its implications for education. Students will critically examine environmental education, in addition to planning, implementing and evaluating environmental education learning experiences. The initial focus of the unit will be a personal reflective one moving on to a broader social and ecological focus.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect upon their own environmental and sustainability experiences and philosophies;
  2. develop an understanding of the principles of sustainability;
  3. engage in critical debate and discussion concerning issues of sustainability and education;
  4. participate in experiential and place-based environmental education experiences; and
  5. plan, implement and evaluate environmental education learning experiences.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Debate Dilemma / Scenario (1,500 words or equivalent, 40%)
Assessment Task 2: Environmental Education Learning Experiences (2,500 words or equivalent 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF2203


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Denise Chapman (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit develops knowledge, skills and attitudes about the use of information and computer technology in the professional practice of primary and early childhood educational settings, as well as for supporting students' harnessing of such technologies in their respective courses in the university.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate competence in the use of information and computer technology applications as appropriate for practice in a school based or early childhood context;
  2. devise and implement procedures for assessing pupils' work in technology;
  3. develop attitudes in valuing technology as an important new area of learning; and
  4. develop a commitment to the continued development and improvement of technology.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Folio (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Folio (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Ibrahim Latheef (Peninsula)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.

Prohibitions

EDF1201


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Adam Bertram

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a wide range of fundamental science concepts, not only relevant for themselves but also for the teaching of primary school children. Important conceptual ideas and processes, including the scientific method, developing scientific literacy and the ability to communicate scientific understandings are fundamental to the unit. Students will explore theoretical concepts and contemporary issues from the disciplines of chemistry, biology and physics in ways which provide a lens to critically examine the natural environment.

Outcomes

Having completed this unit, students will:

  • understand fundamental concepts of general science
  • appreciate that many current issues have a scientific basis
  • have the tools to search for scientific information and the capacity

to evaluate this information

Fieldwork

None

Assessment

5 on-line quizzes (MCQ or short answer) and 5 graded activities:50%; and Major assignment (2000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Each week: one 1-hour seminar, one 1-hour lecture, one 2-hour workshop (12 weeks)

Prohibitions

EDF1121 Exploring Science


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tasos Barkatsas (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to several fundamental areas of mathematics and uses modern tools such as spread sheets and pocket calculators. Themes including: problem-solving, the function concept, applying mathematics to practical problems, and proof, are used to show how mathematical topics are interrelated. This unit is designed to develop students' skills and deepen their mathematical understanding.

The topics covered have been developed around the VELS strands for Levels 1-4, and include: number systems and operations, modelling with formulae, plane and solid geometry, measurement, sets and functions, chance and probability, looking at data, graphs and networks.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit the student will:

  1. Understand the evolution of number concepts and numeration systems
  2. Appreciate the role of mathematics for solving practical problems in daily life, and be able to write down and solve a selection of such problems
  3. Understand how algebraic rules arise from the use of operations with numbers
  4. Understand simple geometry in a plane and three-dimensional space and its applications to measurement and design
  5. Understand the "function" concept, including interpretations using graphs, algebra, verbal descriptions and spread sheets
  6. Understand how random processes such as coin tosses or dice rolls may be modelled and explored using concepts of probability
  7. Be able to use approximations, a pocket calculator, and software including spread sheets and geometry tools
  8. Understand how networks have been analysed, and be able to solve simple network problems using graphs
  9. Understand how many mathematical topics are interrelated
  10. Appreciate the role of proof in mathematics

Fieldwork

None

Assessment

Assignment work during the Semester (online and handwritten): 30%
One essay, approx 1500 words: 20%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tasos Barkatsas (Gippsland)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture, one 2-hour workshop, one optional 1-hour tutorial per week

Prohibitions

EDF2123 Exploring Mathematics (Peninsula campus)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Kirkby (Berwick)

Synopsis

This unit provides the introduction to the major influences on language and literacy development in young children. It examines relevant theoretical models and focuses on the range of ways young children encounter and use symbol systems whilst exploring their diverse everyday worlds. Students critically engage with current research, practice and policy in literacy in multiple contexts. They begin to develop pedagogical tools that will enable them to successfully support children's literacy learning in the early years of school and are introduced to relevant school-based curriculum.

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • explore the importance of understanding the connections between home, community and school literate practices for the teaching and learning of literacy in school
  • demonstrate a critical understanding of key theoretical ideas including multi-literacies related to young children's language and literacy development
  • develop a wide range of pedagogical and assessment practices for effective literacy teaching and learning in the early years of school
  • demonstrate an understanding of key curriculum principles relating to literacy for young children
  • become competent in the use of a range of ICTs in accessing relevant research literature, in accessing and developing teaching resources and strategies, and in presenting evidence of their own learning in the area of literacy.

Assessment

1. Critique of literacy events: Part A (800 words); Part B (1200 words); and
2. Planning task - (equivalent 2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week (equivalent)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah Hopkins

Synopsis

This unit is planned for students in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) course. It is designed to help students develop the knowledge, skills and attitudes relevant to the effective teaching and learning of primary and secondary school mathematics. There is a particular focus on knowledge relating to the number and algebra content strand across year levels (Prep to Year 10). Students will learn how to plan lessons and differentiate the curriculum to cater for a range of learning needs. They will also explore how mathematical learning might be facilitated by the appropriate harnessing of ICT and calculators.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  • access information relating to the mathematics content and proficiency strands in the Australian Curriculum and associated documents,
  • show familiarity with the content descriptions at each year level from the Number and Algebra strand,
  • plan engaging lessons that are focused on addressing learning objectives,
  • incorporate the use of technology in lesson plans to enhance learning, and
  • develop confidence in their own ability to engage in mathematical thinking.

Assessment

Task 1: A sequence of three lesson plans for teaching number concepts and skills to children in lower primary school (2000 words, 50%)
Task 2: A critique of how a chosen learning technology supports learners' construction of mathematical understandings and skills (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week (equivalent)

Prohibitions

EDF1204, EDF1307


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Carly Sawatzki (Clayton), Dr Nicola Johnson (Gippsland), Dr Avis Ridgway (Peninsula), Dr Sarah Hopkins (Berwick)

Synopsis

This unit introduces contemporary learning theories that will enable students to reflect on their own learning experiences in order to understand how others learn. From the perspective of broader educational settings (school, community, home), the important questions of what learning is, how and why learning occurs, what quality learning might be, and what influences learning, are discussed and reflected upon. Through examination of different theoretical perspectives and contexts, this unit focuses on building an understanding of what can influence learning and offers skill building in academic learning. Ideas closely associated with learning, including motivation, engagement and ability are also considered. The unit encourages students to begin constructing deep knowledge about the relationship between learning and educational inquiry.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of a range of theories of learning, ability and engagement, and their continuing impacts on education
  2. reflect on themselves as learners and their own diverse experiences of learning and apply this understanding to other contexts
  3. develop an awareness of the impact that diverse individual, social and cultural contextual factors have on any learning experiences
  4. begin to understand the role of educational inquiry in exploring aspects of learning in a range of settings including in an academic setting.

Fieldwork

For courses 3750 BEd(P-10) and 4209 BEd(SpecEd): 10 days fieldwork placement in a school, educational or community setting taken in unit EDF1101 Fieldwork experience 1A. For all other courses: 5 days professional placement in a school or educational setting

Assessment

Written assignment (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Information and communication technologies (ICT) based assignment (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:
(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:
2 contact hours per week
(b.) Additional requirements:
10 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in a Faculty of Education course or the Diploma of Tertiary Studies

Prohibitions

EDF1301 Perspectives on learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Geoff White (Berwick); Ms Rebecca Cooper (Clayton); Dr Niranjan Casinader(Gippsland); Dr Nathan Brubaker (Peninsula)

Synopsis

The unit builds on the focus on learning and education inquiry skills in EDF1303 Learning and educational inquiry 1. This unit introduces contemporary approaches to teaching and ways to investigate such approaches. It involves an examination of teaching relationships which includes modes of communication, teaching models and strategies and the management or organisation of learning situations. Again, from the perspective of broader educational settings (school, community, home) learning and assessment tasks will require students to analyse and reflect on an educational issue and consider the perspectives presented in the unit when analysing a teaching situation. EDF1304 will utilise students' experiences in educational settings.

Outcomes

In the process of studying this unit students are expected to:

  1. develop an understanding of contemporary approaches to teaching and their impact on education broadly;
  2. understand the role of communication, teaching strategies and the management and organisation of learning situations in promoting positive learning and teaching relationships;
  3. develop an awareness of the impact that diverse individual, social and cultural contextual factors have on any teaching experiences
  4. begin to understand the role of educational inquiry in exploring aspects of teaching in a range of settings including in an academic setting.

Fieldwork

For courses 3750 BEd(P-10) and 4209 BEd(SpecEd): 10 days fieldwork placement in a school, educational or community setting taken in unit EDF1102 Fieldwork experience 1B. For all other courses: 5 days professional placement in a school or educational setting

Assessment

Assignment 1: Researching and analysing an educational issue (50%, 2000 words)
Assignment 2: Analysing teaching (50%, 2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

Usually EDF1303

Prohibitions

EDF1302


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Adam Bertram (Gippsland); Ms Sara Holman (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will be given the opportunity to examine who they are, why they have chosen to be a teacher and what attributes and experiences they bring to the profession of teaching. They will begin to understand the roles and responsibilities of teachers, schools and other learning communities past, present and future. This unit provides an opportunity for students to examine themselves as future professionals and introduces them to the importance of reflection and the synergy between theory and practice. In addition, they will critique historical constructs relating to schools and other learning communities both nationally and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. examine the assumptions about the profession they bring to their pre-service teacher education experience.
  2. describe the roles of teachers, schools and other learning communities past, present and future;
  3. articulate their own beliefs, values and dispositions relating to the profession;
  4. begin to understand their ethical responsibilities as future professionals;
  5. understand the importance of and develop the ability to become reflective; and
  6. develop a language to respond critically to academic literature relating to the profession.

Fieldwork

Nil

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Group Presentation and Written Report (2,000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Multimodal Report (2,000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Kim Davies (Gippsland); Dr Iris Duhn (Semester 1 Peninsula); Mr Joseph Agbenyega (Semester 2 Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will explore a range of theoretical perspectives (i.e., critical theory, critical race theory, feminisms, indigenous knowledges, queer theory, etc.) relating to difference and diversity. Students will construct, examine, deconstruct and map their own social positionings in relation to their personal and professional experiences of difference and diversity. Through critical reflection and participatory practices students will work collaboratively in developing teaching, learning and assessment processes that recognise and support multiple discourses of difference.

Outcomes

  1. recognise and describe the influence of various discourses that affect their own social positioning, that of the educational profession and of the children and families served by schools;
  2. develop a theoretical language to identify and support their beliefs about difference and diversity;
  3. identify and analyse learning contexts that recognise, engage with and value difference;
  4. design learning tasks that recognise, engage with and value difference; and
  5. design a range of assessment tasks and instruments that recognise, engage with and value difference.

Fieldwork

Nil

Assessment

Assessment task 1: A Creative Presentation (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Group Classroom Planning Task (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Singapore Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Jill Cheeseman

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the range of ways young children encounter and use symbol systems from exploring their diverse everyday worlds. It introduces conceptual frameworks for understanding and critiquing the processes of how children learn about symbolic representation and communication from infancy through to the early years of school. Students will critically engage with current research, practice and policy in literacy and numeracy in multiple contexts. They will begin to develop pedagogical tools that will enable them to successfully support children's learning in literacy and numeracy.

Outcomes

By the conclusion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate understanding of key curriculum principles relating to literacy and numeracy for young children.
  2. Understand the connections between home and community literacies and numeracies with teaching and learning in other learning contexts.
  3. Reflect on their personal professional learning during professional placement and implement teaching and learning strategies based on their learning; and
  4. Implement classroom strategies that link mathematics to practical applications, particularly in relation to measurement and space.
  5. Understand the importance of inclusive practices in relation to the teaching and learning of literacy and numeracy.

Fieldwork

N/A

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Critique (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Research paper(2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Kelly Carabott (Gippsland), Dr Jennifer Rennie (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the range of ways young children encounter and use literacy from exploring their diverse everyday worlds. It introduces conceptual frameworks for understanding and critiquing the processes of how children learn about literate representations and communication from infancy through to the early years of school Students will explore the importance of translating home and community learning into various institutional settings. The teaching of literacy will be examined from a number of current theoretical perspectives, and students will be assisted to develop appropriate pedagogical practices that support children's learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • demonstrate understanding of key curriculum principles relating to literacy for young children
  • understand a number of interpretations of what constitutes literacy
  • recognise how key literate concepts are practiced in early learning settings such as homes, communities, child care, preschools and the early years of school
  • appreciate that literacy learning occur in multiple contexts and in multiple ways, and
  • identify and employ a range of pedagogical tools to support children's learning in literacy.

Fieldwork

Course 1514: 10 days Gippsland and Peninsula; Double degrees, courses 1541, 3725, 3717, 3711, 2070, 3712, 4208: 10 days; Course 1515: 5 days Peninsula

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Critique (2000 words or equivalent, 50%); and Assessment Task 2: Successful completion of placement and allied documentation (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Singapore Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosemary Bennett

Synopsis

In this unit students will explore movement, environment and community in the context of early childhood education. The unit will focus on the dynamic interactions between movement, environment and community, requiring students to critically reflect upon their own conceptions of movement, environment and community. Students will also be required to engage in physical and outdoor activities, adhering to health and safety procedures. These activities are also likely to take place in a range of community settings and environments.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. engage in learning experiences focusing on movement, environment and community;
  2. critically reflect upon their conceptions of movement, environment and community and the ability to map changes to one's own ideas through this process; and
  3. apply health and safety procedures and ethical judgments when using resources and equipment in physical and outdoor activities.

Fieldwork

Nil

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Critique of Learning Experiences in Movement, Environment and Community. This assessment item requires students to observe and evaluate two learning experiences in the area of movement, environment and community in an early childhood setting.
Assessment Task 2: Learning Log. Students are required to maintain a learning log throughout the course of this unit documenting their movement, environment and community experiences.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to 3 contact hours (max) per week, and 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Singapore Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Sylvia Almeida

Synopsis

Through engaging with current research literature students will begin to understand how young children, in a variety of cultural contexts, develop their understandings and skills in science and technology. The teaching of science and technology will be examined from a number of theoretical perspectives, and students will be supported in moving towards thinking about teaching and learning from a sociocultural perspective. Attention will be paid to some of the everyday concepts children develop and to the scientific concepts that they will be introduced to in institutional settings, and how these can be combined in meaningful and relevant ways.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. develop knowledge and understanding of how young children develop scientific and technological understandings, skills and attitudes;
  2. engage with current research about teaching and learning in science and technology;
  3. critique a range of pedagogical approaches that support children's learning in science and technology;
  4. recognise a range of world views in science and technology, and
  5. begin to develop skill in observing and analysing children's learning in science and technology, and consider teaching implications of these observations and analyses.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Folio of observations (2,000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2 Written report (2,000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.

Prohibitions

EDF4501


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Singapore Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Term 3 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Ms Geraldine Burke

Synopsis

This unit provides pre-service early childhood education students with an introduction to pedagogical and curriculum-related issues in the arts. It addresses four specific domains of knowledge - Visual Arts, Music, Dance and Drama. The unit provides students with an overview of different approaches to theories and practices of arts education, including sociocultural, creativity-based, and 'play-based' approaches to learning. It will prepare students for the tasks of selecting content and designing units of work in the arts for early childhood educational programs. Students will also explore cross curricula and integrative approaches to the arts in early childhood.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the relevance of each of the four arts domains to early childhood education
  2. learn about different approaches to theories and practices of arts education
  3. obtain skills in content selection and curriculum design
  4. apply theories of artistic expression in early childhood to pedagogical tasks

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Research task (2,400 words or equivalent, 60%)
Assessment Task 2: Research presentation (1,600 words or equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.

Prohibitions

EDF1514


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Penny Round

Synopsis

This introductory unit lays the foundation for this discipline stream and will discuss the evolutionary trend of educating students with a range of diversities from special schools to inclusive schools. A key focus of the unit is on inclusive education. It will provide an overview of the key issues related to the education of children with diverse needs including, but not limited to, disability, giftedness, mental health issues and those from non-English speaking backgrounds. It will describe the various settings in which children with diverse needs are educated. Participants will understand how policies, legislation and research are influencing, and have influenced, classroom practices for children with diverse needs in Victoria, Australia and worldwide. The critical roles that school educators might play in ensuring the success of students with diverse needs in various educational setting will also be covered.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. critically analyse how society and schools define and understand individual differences,
  2. identify the range of educational settings available to students with diverse needs,
  3. recognise how policies, legislation and research impacts on the education of children with diverse needs, and
  4. understand the critical roles teachers play in successfully teaching students with diverse needs in a variety of educational settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Research essay; (2000 words, 50%), and Assessment Task 2: Class presentation; (2000 word equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Contact 2 hrs/week; private study 10 hrs/week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Penny Round

Synopsis

This introductory unit is about the assessment of teaching practices, environment and student learning, across the school years. An important aspect of teaching learners with diverse needs is to understand the learner well. Students will learn the practical assessment processes of gathering and interpreting information for use by learners and their teachers, to decide where the learners are in their learning, what impacts on progress, where they need to go and how best to get there. The focus of this unit will be on assessment for learning rather than assessment of learning. Assessment for learning involves issues of self-reflection and self-assessment that allows teachers to make better learning and teaching decisions but also develops learners' own understanding of how their learning is taking place and how it can be developed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. recognise different approaches of assessment used in the inclusive classroom context across the school years (eg assessment for learning),
  2. discover various ways a teacher can determine strengths of learners with diverse needs,
  3. understand ways standardised assessments could be adapted to assess learning of learners with diverse needs, and
  4. determine how the process of assessment can enhance the inclusion and participation of learners with diverse needs, including transition periods.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Research essay; (2000 words, 50%) & Assessment Task 2: Class presentation; (2000 word equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Contact 2 hrs/week; private study 10 hrs/week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Lynch

Synopsis

This unit enables students to develop a comprehensive knowledge and understanding of Health and Physical Education (HPE) as a Key Learning Area within Australian Primary schools, enhancing the students' ability to critically analyse issues and learning episodes.
Students are introduced to the impact science has had on the HPE key learning area within schools, in particular through functional human anatomy, biomechanics, basic principles of exercise physiology, neurology, human growth and development. Students investigate contemporary Health and Physical Education in Australian schools through lectures, practical workshops and readings. Topics and issues include: the nature, purpose and role of Health and Physical Education; the policy for Physical Education in schools (curriculum documents); the socio- cultural approach; the history of the discipline; learning through movement; the Physical Education teacher's role; inclusion and safety aspects.
Building on their investigations students will develop an understanding in relation to how scientific knowledge can be successfully applied by teachers to assist with skill acquisition and the implementation of 'learning through movement' in an inclusive, enjoyable and challenging, yet non-threatening manner for Primary school students.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Develop a broad and critical knowledge and understanding of HPE as a discipline,
  2. Understand the socio-cultural influences on physical activity and health,
  3. Relate motor learning and biomechanical principles to the teaching and learning of correct skill technique and effective teaching of movement skills,
  4. Explain how physical activity inclusively caters for the needs of young people,
  5. Identify fundamental motor skills and dominant movement patterns that are developmentally appropriate for various abilities,
  6. Understand the importance of providing children with opportunities to prepare physically and mentally for physical activities and a lifelong active lifestyle,
  7. Understand the importance of quality learning experiences in HPE,
  8. Develop and implement quality learning experiences that promote enjoyment, maximum participation, inclusion and safety,
  9. Develop verbal and written communication skills
  10. Understand the wide range of movement skills that contribute to the HPE curriculum.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 (1600 word equivalent): 50%; and Assessment Task 2 End of semester exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Toni Hilland

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the field of sport and outdoor recreation. Foundational concepts related to play; games and leisure will be examined as they relate to the applied contexts of sport, physical activity, movement and outdoor recreation. Practical components within the unit will include fundamental movement skill acquisition and modified/minor game development as it applies to sporting and outdoor activity pursuits. This unit includes a four-day experiential learning program (ELP).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Comprehend and utilise appropriate language associated with a foundational sport and outdoor recreation unit.
  2. Analyse how play, games, sport and outdoor recreation contribute to students' lives and the lives of others.
  3. Apply and examine notions of sport, physical activity, movement and outdoor recreation through a variety of theoretical lenses.
  4. Recognise, distinguish and evaluate how the various "ways of knowing" sport and outdoor recreation activities can contribute to professional practices.
  5. Apply theoretical concepts and demonstrate practical competencies in various sport and outdoor recreation environments (e.g. fundamental motor skills/minor games, camp based settings)

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 (2000 words): 50%
Assessment Task 2 (2000 words): 50%
Satisfactory completion of practical components and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Beau Miles

Synopsis

Students will be introduced to the philosophy and practice of outdoor recreation as it relates to a range of physical activity and movement experiences. This will involve an overview of principles and practices related to both unstructured and structured approaches to physically activity in a range of social and environmental settings and the contribution that they make to healthy and active lifestyles. This unit will focus on the interrelationships of setting, participants and outdoor recreation activities by drawing upon concepts from biophysical, socio-ecological and philosophical perspectives. This unit includes eight days of experiential learning programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will demonstrate an understanding of:

  • the philosophical, historical, and biophysical foundations of physically active forms of outdoor recreation,
  • the principles and practices of outdoor recreation,
  • the specific human movement requirements of physically active outdoor recreation activities
  • the contribution of outdoor recreation to healthy individuals, communities, and society,
  • practical competencies in selected outdoor recreation activities,
  • the role of the natural environment in outdoor recreation, and
  • administration and management issues of outdoor recreation

Assessment

Assessment one (equivalent to 2000 words): 50%; and Assessment two (equivalent to 2000 words): 50%. Satisfactory completion of fieldwork planning as well as fieldwork.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Justen O'Connor

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the fundamental sport and outdoor recreation discipline studies of functional anatomy and biomechanics. The unit familiarises students with anatomical and biomechanical concepts applied to physical activity. The skeletal, neural and muscular system's actions are grounded within a broader understanding of their interdependence within the body and the body within its environment. Biomechanical concepts extend understandings of how the body moves through the environment by exploring the effect forces have on bodies and the motion produced by these forces. Theoretical concepts are used to extend knowledge of how systems operate.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain how anatomical systems contribute to human movement and are impacted upon by biomechanical and other environmental constraints
  2. identify major anatomical structures involved in the production of coordinated movement
  3. discuss skeletal, neural and muscular structures and their relationship with movement and injury
  4. examine planes of movement, joint movements and types of muscular contractions and explain their relationship to movement
  5. explain physiological processes such as bone growth and development, muscular contraction, muscular adaptation, nervous system control and regulation and their relationship to movement
  6. apply knowledge of functional anatomy to a range of exercise and sport related movements and integrate biomechanical concepts such as leverage, force, optimal positioning
  7. answer questions related to biomechanical principles and their application to human movement
  8. apply biomechanical principles to sporting and outdoor recreation movement activities.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (1200 word equivalent): 30%
Assessment task 2 (1200 word equivalent): 30%
Assessment task 3: (1600 word equivalent): 40%;
Satisfactory completion of practical components

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completions of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Justen O'Connor

Synopsis

This unit extends the discipline studies from first semester and introduces human physiology with a particular focus on physical activity, exercise and physical education. The unit seeks to apply understandings of the various physiological systems used and grounds these within a broader understanding of their interdependence within the body, and the body within its environment. The scientific principles underpinning the field of exercise physiology will be applied in laboratory practice. Sporting, physical and outdoor activity pursuits will be used to progress understandings of physiological adaptation within a broader socio-ecological context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe and interpret scientific research related to the field
  2. Apply principles behind methods of training for specific sports and activities
  3. Describe what is meant by body build, body size and body composition and provide an understanding of how it varies across different populations, sports, ages and genders
  4. Outline the body's energy systems and apply their relative contributions to exercise in relation to intensity and duration
  5. Develop a fitness education program that applies the principles of exercise training and demonstrates understanding of physiological systems
  6. Accurately select and administer practical field-tests for measuring performance
  7. Successfully use case study to locate the disciplines of physiology and exercise physiology within a broader socio-ecological framework for physical activity.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (1200 word equivalent): 40%
Assessment task 2 (1200 word equivalent): 20%
Assessment task 3 (1600 word equivalent): 40%;
Satisfactory completion of practical components.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF1602 or EDF1613


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Sylvia Almeida

Synopsis

A place-based and experiential approach to environmental education is taken in this unit. This will be done in the general context of the Australian environment, significantly utilising the local marine and coastal environment as a basis for teaching and learning. The unit will utilise an experiential education approach (through a school-based learning approach), including extensive fieldwork both on campus and off campus in an exploration of and experience in the local environment. The initial focus will be a personal one moving on to a broader social and ecological focus.

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit, students should have:

  • critically reflected upon their own environmental experiences and philosophies;
  • explored ecosystems, developing an understanding of the principles of ecology and sustainability;
  • engaged in critical debate and discussion concerning issues of ecology, sustainability and education;
  • ascertained place-based and experiential education pedagogical strategies and approaches in teaching and learning environmental education; and
  • designed, implemented and evaluated environmental education experiences in school and non-school settings.

Fieldwork

The unit includes fieldwork both on and off campus with cross collaboration between BSOR units through the BSOR 1st year camp and other fieldwork experiences and a dedicated EDF1615 environmental education camp.

Assessment

Assessment 1 (equivalent 1,500 words): 40%; Assessment 2 (equivalent 2,500 words): 60%;
Satisfactory completion of practical components and fieldwork.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week equivalent including required fieldwork days and the EDF1615 camp.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Laura Alfrey (Peninsula), Dr Tim Lynch (Gippsland)

Synopsis

Students gain an appreciation of physical activity and wellness across a lifespan. The students learn about strategies to engage people in physical activity and health promoting behaviours across the lifespan, including behaviour modification techniques, theories of activity adherence and principles/types of fitness and health education programs. A large component of this unit is student centred, with a requirement being to reflect on their current lifestyle and discuss its implications for their future wellbeing. The unit includes practical experience in a range of lifespan physical activities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject, students should be able to:

  • demonstrate an understanding of the relationships between physical activity, nutrition, stress management techniques and health;
  • experience a range of lifespan physical activities including yoga, Swiss ball training, circuit and resistance training, running and flexibility training;
  • utilise the Stage of Change Model to modify their own behaviour;
  • evaluate different methods of physical activity measurement;
  • understand and use terms such as heart rate reserve, threshold of training, and repetition maximum in the correct context;
  • summarise and understand the current participatory patterns of the general population in sport and physical activity while reflecting on their own participation behaviours.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: 50% (2000 words)
Assessment Task 2: 50% (2000 words equivalent)
Satisfactory completion of practical components.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Jeanes

Synopsis

Within this unit students will examine sport and its significance in contemporary culture. The unit is an introductory one, covering a range of topics but providing students with a foundation to understand the key ideas within cultural analyses of sport. Students will use concepts from cultural studies theory to question why sport is so important in today's world and how can sport help with understanding society. Topics covered will include the relationship of sport to culture, nationalism and politics and understanding how sport, for example AFL, has been used by some groups to resist dominant cultures. Students will also learn about the growth of the sports industry and examine within this sport and the media, the rise of the sports celebrity and sport and governance.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Articulate their understanding of sport and culture in a local and national context.
  2. Identify and discuss key aspects of the sports industry.
  3. Explain the significance of sport within local, national and global culture and industry.
  4. Understand cultural theory concepts of ideology and hegemony and power and how they relate to sport.

Fieldwork

N/A

Assessment

Assessment 1 (1200 words equivalent):30%; and Assessment 2 (2800 words equivalent):70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week contact time (lectures/tutorials and workshops) plus 9 hours private study time


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Bleazby

Synopsis

This unit focuses on issues related to educational curricula. Students will use multiple perspectives gained through studying a range of theoretical literature which they will be able to use to critically navigate through various contemporary issues regarding the curriculum. The implications for the curriculum will concurrently involve pedagogy in relation to educative experiences. Unit learning and assessment tasks will require students to draw on the knowledge and understanding they have already developed about teaching and learning and extend these with a more theoretical understanding of education. Not all teaching and learning are educative and so students will learn the nature of criteria which can be drawn upon to make this distinction. This unit will incorporate a 5 day professional experience placement in a secondary school setting where students will usually work in 'buddy' pairs with another student.

Outcomes

In the process of studying this unit students are expected to:

  • understand the philosophical, political, cultural, intellectual and creative dimensions of educators' work,
  • relate theories of education regarding the curriculum to critically engage with issues of education practices,
  • examine a range of issues and dilemmas for educators in contemporary contexts;
  • explore educative approaches to designing curricula that engage a diverse range of learners in order to create experiences which are specifically educative,
  • develop an awareness of the operation of schools and the culture of classrooms including the various dimensions, dynamics and perspectives within and beyond classrooms in different contexts which affect the curriculum and professionalism of educators, and
  • be aware of the complexities of political interests and how these relate to the identity of educators as professionals .

Fieldwork

There is to be five (5) days of professional fieldwork associated with completing this unit.

Assessment

Minor assessment task 40% (1600 word equivalent), written assignment 60% (2400 words).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours contact per week

Prerequisites

Usually EDF1303 and EDF1304

Prohibitions

EDF2001 Beyond the Classroom


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Angela Mornane

Synopsis

This unit builds on students' learning in EDF2004 Curriculum inquiry. Students will develop and practice their knowledge and skills in building positive and productive classroom environments. The focus will be on the development of teaching skills in both on-campus settings and during the professional placement. Unit learning and assessment tasks will require students to make decisions about contemporary issues in classrooms and how to put these ideas into practice. This unit will incorporate a 5 day professional placement in a secondary school setting where students will usually work in 'buddy' pairs with another student.

Outcomes

In the process of studying this unit students are expected to:

  1. develop a repertoire of teaching skills and strategies that promote purposeful, meaningful, engaging, innovative, creative, intellectually challenging, and authentic learning
  2. learn how to create positive and productive classroom environments which respond to individual needs, issues and dynamics within the classroom
  3. develop effective teaching skills such as planning and organisation; monitoring and assessing learning; meeting diverse student learning needs; effective classroom management; and developing collaborative, integrated and negotiated curriculum
  4. develop a range of specific teaching and learning skills such as reflection, problem solving, negotiation, risk-taking, innovation, and creativity
  5. learn how to work effectively with peers, students, parents, school authorities and with other educational professionals
  6. explore some of the broader roles of teachers in the life of a school such as meetings, professional development, policy formulation, parent-teacher meetings, extra-curricular activities and community-based activities
  7. develop an awareness of teachers' professional responsibilities, ethics and relationships and the changing nature of the role of teachers and schooling.

Assessment

One 2,000 words or equivalent individual assignment (worth 60%) and one 2,000 words group presentation (worth 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours contact per week

Prerequisites

Usually EDF1303, EDF1304 and EDF2004

Prohibitions

EDF2002 The Teachers World


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosalyn Black

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing professional experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the first of two professional experience units students undertake in their second year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements Manuals.

Fieldwork

For course 3750 BEd(P-10) or 4209 BEd(SpecEd): 10 days supervised professional placement

Assessment

Hurdle requirement: satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester

Prerequisites

EDF1101 Fieldwork experience 1A and EDF1102 Fieldwork experience 1B

Co-requisites

EDF2210 Child and adolescent development or EDF2212 Creative arts education (P-10)


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosalyn Black

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing professional experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the second of two professional experience units students undertake in their second year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements Manuals.

Fieldwork

For course 3750 BEd(P-10) or 4209 BEd(SpecEd): 10 days supervised professional placement

Assessment

Hurdle requirement: satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester

Prerequisites

EDF1101 Fieldwork experience 1A and EDF1102 Fieldwork experience 1B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Zane Ma Rhea

Synopsis

This Unit will explore Indigenous and non-Western traditional education for both students and adults within a local and global perspective. It will support you to expand your understanding of Indigenous cultures and consider Indigenous and local forms of education alongside the provision of mainstream schooling by nation states. The two foci of this Unit are: first, to introduce you to education programs which have successfully engaged with learners from Indigenous and traditionally oriented societies and achieved improvements in their education outcomes, and second, to situate mainstream provision of Indigenous Education in your future teaching contexts. Of critical importance will be an examination of the positioning of Indigenous and traditional education systems within the nation state, the impact of colonisation, issues pertaining to the retention and maintenance of Indigenous and traditional knowledge through education, and the role of international organisations in protecting, preserving and maintaining Indigenous and traditional education systems. By using your teaching experiences, an extensive national and international literature, an array of teaching and learning resources, and your capacity for critical analysis, you will be able to develop skills and insights into how you can engage learners from Indigenous and traditional communities and create successful academic partnerships that improve academic outcomes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this Unit students should:

  1. have an understanding of the terms 'Indigenous', 'local', 'Traditional' and 'Traditional Owner' as they pertain to education;
  2. be able to explore the role of education in nation building and the place of Indigenous and local non-Western traditional education claims within nation building;
  3. become aware of issues pertaining to the retention and maintenance of Indigenous and non-Western traditional knowledge through education;
  4. identify the role of international organisations in protecting, preserving and maintaining Indigenous and non-Western traditional education systems; and
  5. be able to use this knowledge when developing your pedagogical approach, Indigenous educational content in your area of expertise, appropriate assessment tasks and a robust evaluation framework to improve your professional practice.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: (equivalent 2,000 words): 50%
Assessment task 2: (equivalent 2,000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (max.) per week.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Barbara Clarke

Synopsis

This unit is designed to build the competence and confidence of students in the discipline of mathematics. Students will explore a number of realistic situations across different cultures (occupational, ethnic, etc) in which the need for mathematical problem solving arises and within which mathematical ideas are generated. Students will also be expected to draw on and utilise personal experience, skills and knowledge to enable them to respond to mathematical situations. Content areas will include the six universal mathematical activities (of counting, locating, measuring, designing, explaining and playing), values and beliefs related to mathematics, and chance and data.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. describe the relationship between multicultural real-world contexts and basic mathematical ideas;
  2. consolidate their mathematical knowledge and skills across different cultures (including the indigenous Australian cultures); and
  3. use a range of strategies unique to different cultures to solve mathematical problems.

Assessment

Assignment 1: Design of mathematics activity worksheets (1000 words, 25%)
Assignment 2: Design of a mathematics trail (3000 words,75%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosemary Bennett

Synopsis

In this unit students will analyse health and wellbeing, exercise programming and prescription and the principles of leadership within a fitness context.

Outcomes

At the end of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. gain opportunities to utilise correct terminology related to health concepts, anatomy, physiology and exercise;
  2. develop safe exercise and fitness leadership skills; apply theoretical concepts related to exercise programming and prescription for a variety of different groups;
  3. gain new insights into future orientations for health, wellbeing and fitness within education.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Practical peer leadership task: (1,500 words or equivalent, 40%)
Assessment task 2: Examination: (2,500 words or equivalent,60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Geraldine Burke

Synopsis

This unit provides pre-service primary education students with an introduction to disciplinary knowledge specific to the Visual Arts. It addresses studio practice within the context of both art historical and art critical practices, so as to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the sources of knowledge that inform both professional and curriculum practice in the Visual Arts. The unit provides students with exercises in studio technique, methods of historical investigation of artworks and techniques for appreciation of artworks. Students will understand how these different practices can be integrated in relation to Visual Arts study and practical explorations in art making.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the relevance of integrating each of the three knowledge domains specific to the Visual Arts for primary school students;
  2. learn about different practices and theories of each of these domains;
  3. obtain skills in studio practice; and
  4. apply techniques in both art history and art criticism.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Research task (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Research presentation (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Pearl Subban

Synopsis

This unit has been designed to provide the opportunity for students to explore significant aspects of child and adolescent development within the context of teacher education. It considers psychological, motivational, social, cognitive, biological and socio-cultural perspectives of child and adolescent development and the possible implications for learning. Students inquire into strategies for teaching and learning with children and adolescents based on contemporary knowledge of development, which takes into consideration the range of diversity that is now common in P-10 classrooms.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • understand both childhood and adolescence as discrete but also diverse periods of individual development in our society
  • identify how development of children and adolescents in general and specific behaviours and skills of individuals link to contemporary theoretical perspectives
  • examine the likely impact of factors such as culture, family, genetic inheritance and life experiences on child and adolescent development
  • analyse a range of learning theories, particularly related to the education of children from entry to primary school until the end of Year 10
  • examine how teacher-student relationships are influenced by issues of development.

Assessment

Task 1: Case Study (2000 words) 50% and Task 2: Research paper (2000 words) 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosalyn Black

Synopsis

This unit explores a range of theoretical perspectives on the pedagogical practices of teachers. Students are encouraged to research changing practices, critically reflect on their own teaching practices and those of others, and develop a robust theoretical perspective on the profession and their own classroom practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • identify a range of theoretical perspectives on classroom practice, and critically examine these in light of their own developing practice
  • demonstrate their understanding of a range of effective and inclusive teaching strategies for use in the primary classroom
  • explore and develop their own pedagogical and classroom practice
  • reflect upon their own practices in relation to effective teaching.

Assessment

Task 1 (2000 word equivalent, 50%); and Task 2 (2000 word equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:
(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:
1 hour lecture
1 hour workshop
(b.) Additional requirements:
10 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anne Harris

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to pedagogical and curriculum-related issues in arts education, spanning Prep to Year 10. It provides students with an overview of different approaches to theories and practices of arts education. It prepares students for the tasks of selecting content and designing units of work in the arts. Students explore discipline-based arts (music, dance, drama, visual arts), as well as cross curricula and integrative approaches to the arts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will:

  • develop a critical understanding of issues in arts education
  • understand current research in arts education pedagogy
  • develop an awareness of disciplinary skills and concepts in the arts
  • obtain skills in content selection and curriculum design in the arts
  • engage with arts practices and experiences.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Research assignment (2000 words or equivalent, 50%); and Assessment task 2: Arts project (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week (equivalent)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Julie Faulkner

Synopsis

This unit revisits a range of theoretical perspectives on the learning and teaching of literacy, particularly in relation to the middle and upper primary years. Students are encouraged to research changing literacy practices, critically reflect on their own beliefs and teaching practices, and develop a robust theoretical perspective on the learning and teaching of literacy to a diverse range of learners. Students critically examine current literacy practices, including assessment, curriculum and reporting of literacy learning, in order to develop effective methods of literacy pedagogy and planning in their own teaching. Students' pedagogical practices take into account the changing social futures and needs of primary school students.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • identify a range of theoretical perspectives on effective literacy learning in the middle and upper primary years
  • reflect on their personal professional learning during placement and implement teaching and learning strategies that demonstrate an understanding of a range of effective and inclusive teaching strategies for literacy in the middle and upper primary classroom, including approaches to planning, assessment and reporting
  • explore ways to integrate literacy teaching across the curriculum
  • understand the importance of using a variety of texts and literature as part of an effective literacy program
  • become competent in the use of a range of ICTs in accessing relevant research literature, in accessing and developing teaching resources and strategies, and in presenting evidence of their own learning in the area of literacy.

Assessment

Professional portfolio (equivalent 2000 words, 50%)
Curriculum planning (equivalent 2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week (equivalent)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter De Vries

Synopsis

In this unit students will examine theory and research in media studies. Social, cultural, aesthetic and educational significance of media texts, especially television and film texts; and will evaluate selected popular culture and media texts in relation to their own viewing practices as members of the community.

Outcomes

It is anticipated that by the end of the unit students should have developed the ability to:

  • critically analyse a range of popular cultural texts, in particular, film and television texts;
  • understand the role the media plays in educational and social contexts;
  • analyse their own and other adults' uses of television; and
  • examine the influences of television on children and adults.

Assessment

Investigative task (2000 words): 50%
Research assignment (2000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Ibrahim Latheef (Peninsula); Ms Kelly Carabott (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit addresses the range of linguistic and literate demands on young children in contemporary Australia. Within a framework of multiliteracies, students will reconceptualise literacy to encompass systems of symbolic representation such as oral, written, disciplinary, artistic, technological, environmental, emotional and social literacies. Students will explore ways of analysing and extending children's representational capacities

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify how children make meaning through their participation and use of semiotic systems in a variety of social contexts;
  2. describe and critique key curriculum principles for supporting the development of children's multi-literacy skills;
  3. plan and implement ways to enhance children's use of a range of modes of communication, and
  4. implement teaching strategies to extend children's access to technological literacies.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: (2,000 words or equivalent. 50%)
Assessment task 2: (2,000 words or equivalent. 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Nerissa Albon (Gippsland); Professor Marilyn Fleer (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will be introduced to a range of different theoretical perspectives related to children's learning and development, including developmental, sociocultural, post-structural and post-modern theories. These theoretical lenses will be used to examine images of childhood as they are constructed in relation to time, space and place, with a particular emphasis on cultural constructions including indigeneity. Students will examine learning that occurs in a range of contexts including the classroom, the home, other informal settings and the wider community, and the attendant implications this has for students from indigenous backgrounds. Students will be presented with opportunities to describe, critique and utilise these theories during their professional placement.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of different theories of children's learning and development;
  2. use theories to investigate practices across time, culture, space and places;
  3. develop techniques to assist in observing children and their learning;
  4. reflect on their personal professional learning during professional placement; and
  5. recognise and apply their understanding of children's learning in an educational setting.

Fieldwork

5 days placement

Assessment

Assessment 1: Successful completion of placement: 5 days (1,600 words or equivalent, 40%)
Assessment 2: Collection of observations (2,400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Monica Green (Gippsland); Ms TerriAnne Philpott (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will explore the components of experiential education in the context of movement, environment and community. There will be an exploration of the dynamic interactions between the mind and body, the environment and sustainability and the context and community. Students will learn through experience of movement from the perspective of the learner, teacher and community.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan and implement learning experiences focusing on movement, environment and community;
  2. critique a variety of perspectives relating to movement, environment and community;
  3. demonstrate an understanding of the dynamic interactions between the mind and body, environment and sustainability, and the context and community; and
  4. use resources and equipment in a safe and ethical manner.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Report (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Planning assignment (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Jill Cheeseman (Peninsula); Dr Tasos Barkatsas (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit will build on students' understandings and skills developed in Early Literacy and Numeracy 1. Students will explore the importance of translating home and community learning into various institutional settings. The teaching of literacy and numeracy will be examined from a number of current theoretical perspectives, and students will be assisted to develop appropriate pedagogical practices that support children's learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand a number of interpretations of what constitutes literacy and numeracy;
  2. recognise how key mathematical and literate concepts are practiced in early learning settings such as homes, communities, child care, preschools and the early years of school;
  3. appreciate that literacy and numeracy learning occur in multiple contexts and in multiple ways; and
  4. identify and employ a range of pedagogical tools to support children's learning in literacy and numeracy.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Web page (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Research paper (2,000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Iris Duhn (Peninsula); Dr Ann Ryan (Gippsland)

Synopsis

Students will examine how educational systems in varied places and local-global contexts respond to issues such as social justice, equity and diversity. Students will understand approaches to education that address the broad cultural, ethical and intellectual dilemmas emerging in diverse geographic educational contexts, and how these determine policy formation. Students will research case examples of policy and practice to develop a critical understanding of the relationships between geo-political issues and practical outcomes for students, teachers and communities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify a range of significant global issues affecting educational policy and practice;
  2. explore case examples of educational policy and practice;
  3. understand the local and global nature of educational policy; and
  4. critique policy with respect to children's learning and development.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Oral or written report (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Research presentation: oral or written (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Corine Rivalland

Synopsis

In this unit students will extend their understanding of theoretical perspectives relating to difference, and consider implications this has for themselves, learners and families within a variety of educational and institutional settings. They will develop understandings of, and professional skills in, engaging with diverse learners and families, irrespective of circumstances.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. continue to develop a professional language to identify and support their beliefs about social difference;
  2. develop, enact, and evaluate various pedagogical approaches to engaging with diversity;
  3. demonstrate confidence, sensitivity, professional skill in, and commitment to, engaging equitably with diverse learners and families;
  4. demonstrate skill in engaging with diverse learners and families that maximise learning opportunities for all learners, regardless of circumstances, and
  5. consider their own positioning in relation to diversity and how this impacts learners and families through reflexivity.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Reflexive paper - part 1(2,000 word equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Reflexive paper - part 2 (2,000 word equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marc Pruyn

Synopsis

This unit provides students in the Bachelor of Early Childhood Education with the opportunity to engage with curriculum and pedagogy in the upper primary school. Students are expected to demonstrate professional knowledge and practice drawn from other units in the course, and the attitudes and dispositions appropriate to teaching in upper primary school settings.

Outcomes

As a result of successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. consistently demonstrate a range of appropriate professional behaviours, including punctuality, courtesy, confidentiality, and appropriate dress;
  2. exhibit curiosity and initiative in forming relationships with children, colleagues, and families, including the ability to clearly articulate to others the fieldwork and practice requirements of this unit;
  3. plan and initiate a range of experiences for children (individuals and small groups) across a variety of curriculum domains (e.g. literacy, numeracy, music, art, science, technology), including the arrangement of space, time, and materials to support children's learning;
  4. engage with colleagues and families to identify their expectations for children's learning and development, in a way that incorporates the needs of diverse learners; and
  5. systematically plan for, and reflect on, their own development.

Fieldwork

20 days placement

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Satisfactory completion of the fieldwork placement, as per the requirements specified in the Professional Placement Handbook (2,400 or equivalent, 60%)
Assessment task 2: The addition of a minimum of three items to the professional portfolio (equivalent to 1600 words, 40%).
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.

Prohibitions

EDF2508


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marc Pruyn

Synopsis

This unit provides students in the Bachelor of Early Childhood Education with the opportunity to engage with curriculum and pedagogy in the junior primary school. Students are expected to demonstrate professional knowledge and practice drawn from other units in the course, and the attitudes and dispositions appropriate to teaching in junior primary school settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. consistently demonstrate a range of appropriate professional behaviours, including punctuality, courtesy, confidentiality, and appropriate dress;
  2. exhibit curiosity and initiative in forming relationships with children, colleagues, and families, including the ability to clearly articulate to others the fieldwork and practice requirements of this unit;
  3. plan and initiate a range of experiences for children (individuals, small groups, and whole class sessions) across a variety of curriculum domains (e.g. literacy, numeracy, music, art, science, technology), including the arrangement of space, time, and materials to support children's learning;
  4. engage with colleagues and families to identify their expectations for children's learning and development, in a way that incorporates the needs of diverse learners; and
  5. systematically plan for, and reflect on, their own development.

Fieldwork

20 days of placement

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Satisfactory completion of the fieldwork placement, as per the requirements specified in the Professional Placement Handbook (equivalent to 60%)
Assessment task 2: The addition of a minimum of three items to the professional portfolio (40%, equivalent to 1600 words).
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.

Prohibitions

EDF3507


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor J Dorman

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to develop their own understandings of learning and teaching and to critically examine how curriculum can be more responsive to the needs of adolescents. It puts forward the idea that effective learning environments in the middle years must be sensory rich, intellectually challenging and based upon a critical constructivist philosophy of learning.
The unit challenges traditional classroom management constructs and encourages students to determine how best to serve the needs of young people in their care while fulfilling the social function of preparing citizens of a future world.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. build pedagogical content knowledge related to the intellectual development and individual growth of young adolescents and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to young adolescents;
  2. become familiar with and critically examine the literature relating to middle years approaches and the unique needs of adolescents as a group in transition from childhood to adult hood;
  3. develop an understanding of a critical constructivist philosophy of learning and how it relates to classroom practice and relationships in the middle years;
  4. work collaboratively with peers to develop an understanding of the importance and value of a team approach to curriculum and pedagogical reform.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Essay A critique of the literature (2 000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Group presentation (2 000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Umesh Sharma & Dr Andrea Reupert

Synopsis

This unit will focus on how to create positive classroom and school environments, that engage all learners, including those with diverse needs. Students will learn how learner behaviour, teacher behaviour, the curriculum, and teaching strategies interact and can influence each other. Students will understand the value of using evidence based practices in creating engaging classroom environments for all learners. A key focus will be learning some of the fundamental research based strategies that can be used in creating engaging classrooms for all learners, including those with diverse needs. The need to collaborate with colleagues and parents in creating engaging classrooms for all will also be discussed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify factors necessary for creating engaging classrooms for all learners, including those with diverse needs,
  2. critically examine significant research that can be used by educators to create engaging classroom environments,
  3. learn about theories and strategies that can be used to create engaging classrooms for all, and
  4. understand the need to collaborate with parents and other stakeholders in creating engaging classrooms.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Research essay; (2000 words, 50%); and Assessment Task 2: Classroom engagement plan; (2000 word equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Contact 2 hrs/week; private study 10 hrs/week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Umesh Sharma & Dr Andrea Reupert

Synopsis

This unit will provide an overview of effective, as well as evidence-based, learning and teaching practices in various educational settings for students with diverse needs. Generic learning and teaching strategies that can be applied in a variety of educational settings will be promoted, with a particular focus on peer-assisted learning, cooperative learning, reciprocal teaching, providing feedback, differentiated instruction and ways in which positive relationships between teachers and students might be promoted. Finally, students will be encouraged to critically analyse different forms of evidence and the ways they might evaluate their own teaching practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. critically analyse research evidence that supports the use of different learning and teaching practices,
  2. identify and practise a range of effective and evidence-based learning and teaching strategies for students with diverse needs,
  3. develop and practise positive relationship and communication skills between teachers and students, and
  4. reflect on the manner in which educators might evaluate their own practice.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Essay; (2000 words, 50%) & Assessment Task 2: Class presentation; (equivalent to 2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Contact 2 hrs/week; private study 10 hrs/week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Laura Alfrey (Peninsula); Dr Timothy Lynch (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit examines aquatic education in a variety of coastal, inland and closed aquatic environments. Australia's climate and diverse environments shape different social, cultural and environmental understandings associated with aquatics. Aquatic education is therefore explored within a socio-ecological framework that provides students with a critical understanding of education, risk management and programming practices. Students will be presented with the opportunity to participate in a range of experiences that further refine practice across diverse aquatic teaching contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. critique the provision of aquatic education within a broader socio-ecological framework;
  2. document their observations and evaluations with respect to education, risk management, programming and user groups at a variety of venues;
  3. demonstrate effective and safe group teaching practices for a variety of participants in a practical setting;
  4. teach, exhibit and describe effective swimming, survival and rescue techniques using a range of teaching approaches in closed and open water environments;
  5. explain key elements of successful aquatic centre management practices;
  6. describe various activities and games that can be used for different aquatic user groups and;
  7. locate aquatic education and its role within the broader aquatic recreation and leisure industry.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (2000 words): 50%
Assessment task 2 (2000 words): 50%
Satisfactory completion of practical components and fieldwork.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week or equivalent for the semester where field trip days are required, 9 hours private study including readings, completions of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Toni Hilland

Synopsis

This unit inquires into the relationships between experience and education in movement and outdoor contexts. It synthesises and builds on the units that students study in the first two years of the degree. The backdrop for this unit is the philosophies and theories underpinning experiential education and their relationship to practice in sporting and outdoor contexts. Students will develop their understanding of experiential education through a variety of means and experiences.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to;

  • Articulate their understanding of experiential education in a sporting or outdoor context.
  • Interpret and critically assess a range of experiential education theories and approaches
  • Demonstrate the ability to plan and organise an experiential learning service activity
  • Reflect on the practice of experiential learning.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Scholarly presentation and teaching plan (2000 words equivalent): 50%; Assessment task 2: Critical reflections essay (2000 words equivalent): 50%; Satisfactory completion of fieldwork planning and fieldwork.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week equivalent including required fieldwork days and preparatory classes.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Beau Miles

Synopsis

This unit introduces the philosophy and theory of adventure education. This includes an experiential learning program (where the student works as both a participant and leader/facilitator) in outdoor activities such as kayaking, sea kayaking, and environmental interpretation. Students focus on facilitating the transfer of adventure experiences to life-applicable learning. The unit emphasises planning, utilising, managing, and evaluating the use of small groups in problem solving, trust and team building activities. This unit includes eight days of fieldwork.

Outcomes

  1. understand the philosophy and theoretical basis of adventure education;
  2. demonstrate knowledge of student centred teaching methods;
  3. effectively facilitate small group activities within the adventure education paradigm;
  4. actively demonstrate competencies in practical components;
  5. engage with contemporary issues in adventure education practice;
  6. demonstrate reflective skills to enhance further professional development.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 (2000 words): 50%; Assessment Task 2 (2000 words): 50%; Satisfactory completion of fieldwork planning and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week equivalent including required fieldwork days

Prerequisites

EDF1604 or EDF1612


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Beau Miles

Synopsis

This unit develops the theory and practice of leadership and programming in relation to outdoor recreation. Concepts, principles, styles, leadership skills and programming techniques are investigated as they might occur in a broad range of settings. Ten days of fieldwork allows students to gain experience in applying these skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the concepts of leadership and programming
  2. explain and critique the theories of leadership and programming
  3. examine the practice of leadership and programming
  4. apply theoretical concepts and demonstrate skills appropriate to their own philosophy of leadership and programming
  5. display the ability to lead a range of different activities utilising various styles as appropriate in selected outdoor activities
  6. develop personalised and group programs to suit a range of settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Class test (1000 word equivalent): 25%
Assessment Task 2: Practical Leadership Skills Assessment (2000 word equivalent - Students must achieve a pass grade in this assessment task): 50%
Assessment Task 3: Fieldwork journal (1000 words): 25%. Satisfactory completion of fieldwork planning and fieldwork.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF1604 or EDF1612


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Justen O'Connor

Synopsis

In this unit, students are introduced to the concepts of community physical activity promotion as it relates to health/wellness. The unit builds upon work in EDF1605 and uses a theoretical framework about the 'upstream' contexts of physical activity including those of policy, engagement, community action and advocacy. Several physical activity promotion theories will be examined, however much of the content of this unit will be developed using a social-ecological framework. This framework will be applied to schools, local shires, youth groups, hospitals, parks and in built, social, community and natural environments. Field day experiences are used to consolidate learning in this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • Apply knowledge of lifespan physical activity and wellness in community wide approaches to physical activity promotion.
  • List and describe the determinants and conceptual approaches in intra- and inter-personal environments, micro-, meso- and macro- environments.
  • Understand the differences between downstream (choice-driven) and upstream (choice-enabling) physical activity promotion policies.
  • Define the terms: physical activity, epidemiology, inequality, inequity, risk factors, ecological fallacy and other related terms.
  • Develop quantitative and qualitative understandings of research design and approaches in community physical activity and wellness studies.
  • Engage with the professional literature on community physical activity promotion.
  • Develop appropriate strategies for the promotion of physical activity in community settings.
  • Critically reflect on community programs engaged to promote physical activity in the population.
  • Evaluate community settings using appropriate fieldwork measuring and interpretive devices.
  • Participate effectively in a community fieldwork setting.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 (1600 words): 40%
Assessment Task 2 (2400 words): 60%
Satisfactory completion of practical components and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week or equivalent for the semester where field trip days are required, 9 hours private study including readings, completions of set tasks and self-directed learning.

Prerequisites

EDF1605 or EDF1616 or approved equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Jeanes (Peninsula); Dr Timothy Lynch (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit examines contemporary theories and practical techniques associated with coaching for sport, physical education and recreation. General education, skill acquisition and motor learning and control theories are used to explain contemporary coaching practices including games for understanding, fundamental motor skill development, sport education and other holistic approaches. Students are involved in planning, teaching and evaluating practical sessions (athletics/games/ball handling) using a variety of pedagogical approaches.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Recognise the characteristics of an effective coach as educator
  2. examine the advantages and disadvantages of various coaching/education styles
  3. develop and communicate a personal coaching philosophy
  4. clarify personal coaching/educating objectives
  5. explain how coaching practice relates to different theories associated with skill acquisition and motor learning and control
  6. develop an outline for a yearly, through to sessional plan, in a particular activity incorporating assessment and evaluation of strengths and weaknesses
  7. demonstrate knowledge of psychological concepts that influence athlete preparation and performance
  8. apply these theoretical concepts and demonstrate practical skills (athletics, games, ball handling).

Assessment

Assessment task 1 30% (1200 words equivalent)
Assessment task 2 70% (2800 words)
Satisfactory completion of practical components

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hrs private study including readings, completions of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosemary Bennett

Synopsis

Students will develop: a rationale of education through the arts and the place of dance in arts education; processes common to the arts including creating/making and presenting, arts criticism and aesthetics, past and present contexts and other aspects of dance curriculum such as devising dance lessons and safe dance practice. Practical experience in dance is a major part of the unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have:

  • an understanding of the nature of dance in education and its place in major curriculum and Arts documents;
  • have a basic knowledge of the available resources that can help with ideas, and the range of stimulus materials that can be used in a dance program;
  • have examined the common elements of the arts and the unique qualities of dance;
  • be able to observe and analyse the movement of others;
  • be able to articulate a rationale for the inclusion of dance in the school curriculum;
  • display a commitment to the process of dance education.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 40%
Dance composition: 30%
Oral presentation: 30%
Satisfactory completion of practical components

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Allie Clemans

Synopsis

This unit will briefly examine the concept of life unit learning and the societal trends that have drawn attention to adult learning. It will introduce students to the core body of theories and practices traditionally associated with adult learning. Concepts of leadership and facilitation of adult learning will be explored. The role of the adult educator will be theorised with reference to responsibilities and values and their relationship to educational practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of the broad traditions and philosophical approaches in adult education; situate key terms used in adult education including andragogy, self-directed learning and facilitation; highlight perspectives and debates on the value of terms such as andragogy, self-directed learning and facilitation; and reflect on the role of the adult educator and their own teaching practice as educational leaders.

Assessment

Annotated Bibliography (3000 words): 75%
Critical commentary (1000 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Damon Anderson

Synopsis

This unit examines the diverse contexts of adult learning and development from historical and contemporary perspectives. Consideration is given to the ways in which adult learning and development have been shaped by social, political and economic imperatives, including workplace and technological change. Students are given opportunities to explore the impact and implications of these contextual forces for adult educators and learners in workplace and community settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have developed an understanding of core concepts relating to 'contexts' in adult learning and development; an awareness of the historical context of adult and vocational education and training; knowledge of how contemporary social, political and economic forces, including workplace and technological change are reshaping adult learning and development; and an ability to analyse the inter-relationships between the context and practices of adult learning and development.

Assessment

All tasks negotiated but equivalent in total to 4,000 words: Reading review (30%) 1,500 words; Case study report (70%) 2,500 words

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Wing Chan

Synopsis

This unit bridges the knowledge and writing that is common to the workplace and that which is common to higher education learning. It develops awareness of the multiple knowledges that are valued in workplace and academic contexts. It provides students with opportunities to critically reflect on the contested nature of theoretical and experiential knowledge and to draw these into their academic research and writing.

Outcomes

Participants will enhance their abilities to critically reflect on academic and workplace texts and practices and through these, develop the skills required to successfully complete the research and writing outcomes of the BAL& D program.

Assessment

Critical peer review (1600 words equivalent): 40% ; Critical review of practice (2400 words equivalent): 60% ; NOTE: This unit is assessed at Pass Grade Only (PGO)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Henderson

Synopsis

This unit has been developed in response to radical changes in the way that education and training are being constructed and delivered. The unit will develop students' understandings of the impact that the convergence of information technology and telecommunications is having upon the learner, the teacher, the workplace, the education provider and society in general. Attention will be given to the various government and organisational influences which are directing these changes. Through a study of technology, teaching and learning theory and research, students will be introduced to the basic principles underpinning the design of educational multimedia resources

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to outline national and state policies in relation to multimedia and the delivery of education and training; identify and understand the links, in the context of the information economy, between the learner, the teacher, the workplace, the provider and society; demonstrate an awareness of the requirements in developing an effective multimedia learning environment; understand the links between research, adult education and multimedia; and examine the processes required to construct an educational multimedia resource.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Research or Policy critique (1,500 words) 20%, Assignment 2 Action plan (2,500 words) 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Henderson

Synopsis

Students will acquire skills in constructing multimedia artefacts such as images, audio, and video, and understanding and practical skills in applying these artefacts into an educational resource. Throughout the unit students will have the opportunity to critically evaluate educational multimedia products and their role in education and training

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to design and develop an original multimedia resource which uses a range of technologies; evaluate educational multimedia packages and environment; select and use appropriate hardware and software for the creation of a variety of multimedia artefacts.

Assessment

All tasks negotiated but equivalent in total to 4,000 words: 1. Multimedia evaluation report (1,000 words): 20%+ 2. Media rich project (equivalent to 3,000 words): 80% Design and development of an educational multimedia resource.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Susan Webb

Synopsis

EDF 2809 Workplace learning and development critically considers the ways in which work and workplaces have been changing in recent years, and the implications of these changes for workplace educators and others with an interest in how people learn at work. The unit explores and critiques a range of perspectives on workplace learning. A key part of this is an analysis of the role of the adult or workplace educator in facilitating learning at work.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, participants should have:

  1. An understanding of current trends in the world of work and of organisations
  2. An understanding of different theoretical approaches to workplace learning
  3. A capacity to critically reflect on their own workplace contexts; and
  4. Further developed skills in designing work-based learning strategies sensitive to the contexts of the organisations in which they work.

Assessment

The unit has 2 assessment tasks:
1. Critique of a workplace learning strategy (1,600 words equivalent): 40%
2. Workplace learning strategy or case study analysis (2,400 words equivalent): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr John Pardy

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the theory and practice of program design and delivery. Students will reflect on their own experiences and other case studies in order to identify and assess different approaches to program design, the role of the designer, underlying design principles, and intended outcomes. Students will examine concepts of program design and evaluation; understand the links between particular approaches to program design and delivery and certain situations; and learn to justify why particular design strategies are preferred in different situations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have an understanding of the theory and practice of program design and delivery; be able to identify and describe different approaches to program design and their implications for teaching, learning and assessment; be able to describe a variety of evaluation approaches and the situations in which they are best used; and be able to undertake or analyse program design and delivery taking into account a variety of situational, learner and social parameters.

Assessment

Assignment 1: Reading review (1,500 words) 40%; Assignment 2: Final report (2,500 words) 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study

Prohibitions

EDF3801


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr John Pardy

Synopsis

This unit explores conceptual and practical issues relating to 'difference' and socio-cultural diversity among adult learners in workplace and community settings. Students will examine policies and strategies for recognising and accommodating difference in the design and delivery of adult education and training programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should understand how 'difference' has been conceptualised in relation to adult learning and development; appreciate how social, cultural and other differences interact with and shape processes of adult learning and development; recognise the implications of difference among adult learners for program design and delivery; and acquire skills and strategies for working with difference among adult learners in workplace and community settings.

Assessment

Assignment 1: Reading review (1,500 words) 40%; Assignment 2: Final report (2,500 words) 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study

Prohibitions

EDF3803


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Geraldine Burke

Synopsis

Students develop drawing and design expertise leading to a selection of two-dimensional media (painting, printmaking, textiles and mosaic). The unit includes research on art theory and practice through lectures and seminars, excursions to galleries and schools, leading to strategies for studio and classroom application.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • demonstrate continued development of their painting and printmaking skills and further development in selected areas such as textiles, mosaic, and drawing;
  • have an awareness of contemporary art practice and theory and a growing understanding of its relevance to their own studio practice, the school environment and the society in general;
  • have further developed an understanding of relevant terminology and become familiar with a wide range of literature;
  • have developed a personal language by investigation of a chosen theme, leading to one or two major art works.

Assessment

Seminar paper (800 words): 20%
Practical Folio (2000 word equivalence): 50%
Visual Journal (1200 word equivalence): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Professor Jeff Dorman (Gippsland); Dr Angela Mornane (Clayton)

Synopsis

The unit focuses on significant aspects of adolescent development in the context of teacher education. Building on the sequence of core education units studied in the first two years of this course students are introduced to psychological research into adolescent age span and encouraged to develop critical perspectives on knowledge claims rather than relying on anecdotal information. The unit considers psychological, motivational, social, cognitive, biological and sociocultural perspectives of adolescent development and learning. Students inquire into interpersonal and teaching strategies for teaching and learning with adolescents based on contemporary knowledge of adolescent development.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. appreciate adolescence as a discrete period of individual development in our society;
  2. articulate theories of adolescent development from a scientific viewpoint;
  3. explain the developmental tasks of adolescence;
  4. understand how teacher-student relationships are influenced by issues of adolescent development;
  5. identify problems in teaching adolescents and apply relevant frameworks;
  6. analyse multidimensional facets of influence (motivations; self-esteem; anxiety, stress, coping; biological processes; cognition; moral development; development of the self; familial, peer and sociocultural influences; issues of diversity; additional issues including substance abuse, deviance, depression, truancy, bullying, and resilience); and
  7. access relevant information on aspects of adolescents' development.

Fieldwork

5 days shared across this unit and EDF3009 Schooling: local - global

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Research Essay (2,000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Examination (2,000 words equivalent, 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 2 units in {EDF1301, EDF1302, EDF1303, EDF1304} AND (Must have passed 2 units in {EDF2001, EDF2002, EDF2004, EDF2005} OR Must have passed 2 units in {EDF2003, EDF3002}


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Bulfin

Synopsis

The unit provides students with an understanding of how to engage with young and adolescent learners across discipline areas through their literacy and numeracy practices, in and out of school. By linking theory and practice, the unit offers a sociocultural perspective on language, literacy and numeracy as social, cultural, political and technological practices that develop in multiple contexts, both in and out of schools and classrooms, and play key roles in mediating learners' identities, relationships and understandings of the world.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. recognise the centrality of language and literacy in mediating learning in and out of school and the importance of ties between home and school practices;
  2. develop an understanding of literacy and numeracy as social practices, and become aware of relationships between identity and learning;
  3. develop an understanding of the relationship between language and identity;
  4. be familiar with a range of theories that reconceptualise traditional understandings of school and out-of-school literacy and numeracy and their social, cultural, political and pedagogical implications;
  5. be able to analyse the literacy and numeracy practices in classrooms, schools and out-of-school settings;
  6. be sensitive to sociocultural diversity in school communities and begin developing a professional capacity to recognise, respond and teach to difference; and
  7. be familiar with a range of policy and curriculum initiatives and their pedagogical implications.

Fieldwork

5 days shared across this unit and EDF3008 Researching educational practices

Assessment

Assessment task 1 - critical narrative (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%)
Assessment task 2 - academic essay (2,000 words; 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed units in {EDF1303, EDF1304, EDF2004, EDF2005}


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Renee Crawford

Synopsis

This unit develops teachers who research their own practice, use data to inform their practice and develop an evidence base for this practice. It will explore methods for teachers to conduct research that includes where this research can occur, what is to be researched, how this research can be undertaken and why such research is important. Appropriate methodologies to be explored can include action research, self-study, case studies, critical incident analysis, observation, surveys, interviews and narrative enquiry. The notion of what constitutes a research community within a professional setting will also be considered

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. appreciate the importance of educational inquiry to the professional practice of teachers
  2. access and develop an evidence base for their acquisition of skills and knowledge associated with undertaking teacher research
  3. demonstrate an awareness of issues associated with undertaking research in a range of educational settings
  4. develop an evidence base of the impact of research on improving the educational outcomes in educational setting. This includes improvement in teaching, learning and organisational outcomes

Fieldwork

5 days shared across this unit and EDF3007 Mediating the world of learning

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Teacher research project (3000 words; 75%)
Assessment task 2: Evidence-base practice report (1000 words; 25%)
Hurdle requirement: Satisfactory completion of teaching practice

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed units in {EDF1303, EDF1304, EDF2004, EDF2005} OR (Must have passed units in {EDF1303, EDF1304, EDF2003, EDF3002})

Prohibitions

EDF4303


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Mary-Lou Rasmussen

Synopsis

This unit inquires into the interconnections between education and society in contemporary social and cultural contexts. It builds on a sequence of foundation units that students study in the first two years of the double degree for secondary candidates. The backdrop for study in this unit will be a consideration of historical relationships between schooling, social justice and questions of social transformation. Students will also consider how students and teachers in schools and community settings might respond to these issues at a local and global level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. show an understanding of a range of issues related to schooling at both a local and global level
  2. understand the relationship between schooling, social justice and transformation
  3. utilize diverse sociological and philosophical perspectives in analysing issues related to students' and teachers' everyday experiences of schooling
  4. reflect critically on themselves and their relationship to current debates raised in the unit
  5. critically engage with and articulate an understanding of differing sociological and philosophical debates about schooling and society
  6. apply their skills and knowledge to respond to these issues at a local and global level in school and community contexts associated with fieldwork.

Fieldwork

5 days shared across this unit and EDF3006 Adolescent development and learning

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Case Study (2,000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Research paper (2,000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 3 units in {EDF1303, EDF1304, EDF2003, EDF2004, EDF2005, EDF3002}


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosalyn Black

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing professional experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the first of two professional experience units students undertake in their third year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements Manuals.

Fieldwork

For course 3750 BEd(P-10) or 4209 BEd(SpecEd): 10 days supervised professional placement

Assessment

Hurdle requirement: satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester

Prerequisites

EDF2101 Professional experience 2A and EDF2102 Professional experience 2B

Co-requisites

EDF3210 Education policy and practice or EDF3212 Mathematics education 2 (P-10)


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosalyn Black

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the second of two professional experience units students undertake in their third year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements Manuals.

Fieldwork

For course 3750 BEd(P-10) or 4209 BEd(SpecEd): 10 days supervised professional placement

Assessment

Hurdle requirement: satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester

Prerequisites

EDF2101 Professional experience 2A and EDF2102 Professional experience 2B

Co-requisites

EDF3211 Inclusive education: teaching diverse learners or EDF3008 Researching educational practices or EDF3214 Science education (P-10)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Denise Chapman

Synopsis

This unit has been designed to give students knowledge and appreciation of the features of a wide range of children's literature suitable for primary-aged children; the ability to critically analyse children's texts from various perspectives; and an awareness of current issues relating to selecting and presenting literature to young children.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an appreciation for the diversity of genre available in children's literature;
  2. understand the criteria for selecting literature for primary school children;
  3. understand the key issues concerned with the content and promotion of children's literature;
  4. understand the components for the analysis of children's literature; and
  5. show an ability to present literature to children in a variety of ways.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Title: Written assignment (1600 words, 40%)
Assessment Task 2 : Title: Folio (2,400 words or equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosalyn Black

Synopsis

This unit studies the educational policy and practice interface, critically analysing national and Victorian educational policy and discourses around social justice. It examines the Melbourne Declaration on the Educational Goals for Young Australians (2008), the draft Australian Curriculum (2011) and NAPLAN testing and the Social Inclusion Principles for Australia as attempts to redress socioeconomic disadvantage and advance social justice and inclusion. It examines federal and state policies and the ways they are enacted at classroom level. The focus is on constructive ways of developing and improving curriculum and pedagogy to enhance learning outcomes and life futures for all students.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to:

  • describe the key national and Victorian policies pertaining to social justice, social equity and social inclusion
  • critically analyse the role of schooling and teaching in social justice, social equity and social inclusion
  • investigate the ways in which social justice, social equity and social inclusion policies and discourses are taken up at school and classroom levels
  • identify and critique curriculum and pedagogical practices that advance social inclusion and enhance the life futures for all students
  • imagine and outline a professional teaching practice that aligns with social justice, social equity and social inclusion.

Fieldwork

10 days placement

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Essay (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Inquiry Learning Project (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week (equivalent)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Penny Round

Synopsis

This unit is designed to respond to increasing student diversities in the classrooms based on student gender, race and disabilities within our classrooms. Students learn why and how inclusive classroom communities can be created. Students are supported to develop an inclusive disposition to student differences and a repertoire of inclusive pedagogies (eg cooperative learning, peer tutoring, team teaching) that support the learning outcomes of all students.

Outcomes

At the conclusion of this unit, students will be able to:

  • critically analyse their own professional practice to identify and address beliefs, attitudes and practices that exclude and disadvantage some students (based on their gender, race or learning abilities) from achieving academic success and learning outcome
  • recognise and value the range of differences (eg gender, race or disabilities) that impact on students' access to, participation in and learning outcomes at school
  • create a classroom community using positive and preventative strategies to minimise disruptive behaviour
  • appreciate the importance of developing productive relationships based on mutual respect and trust with others involved in student's academic and social development, eg parents and carers, social welfare workers, health professionals, community organisations and paraprofessional support workers
  • design units of work and class programs that support the academic achievement and learning outcomes of all students, including but not limited to:
    1. cooperative learning;
    2. peer tutoring;
    3. differentiated curriculum; and
    4. team teaching.

Assessment

Reflective practice journal (2000 words, 50%)
Group presentation based on the efficacy of inclusive classroom strategies (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week (equivalent)

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah Hopkins

Synopsis

This unit further develops knowledge, skills and attitudes about teaching and learning in primary schools in the learning area of mathematics. The focus is on the effective teaching of the primary school content strands of number and algebra, measurement and geometry, and statistics and probability, such that learners develop and sharpen their understanding, fluency, problem solving and reasoning capacities. Students are introduced to a range of classroom teaching models (including technology-rich ones), and also have the opportunity to explore several summative and formative assessment strategies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should

  • have developed techniques to plan for and manage the effective teaching of primary school concepts and skills of the various content strands of number and algebra, measurement and geometry, and statistics and probability
  • be confident about planning and facilitating a range of mathematics/numeracy learning activities which develop and enhance student understanding, fluency, problem solving, and reasoning
  • be able to understand the needs of diverse groups of students (including students with different abilities, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students, refugee students, immigrant students, and minority students), consider the range of factors that can influence learning outcomes, and employ strategies to facilitate their learning
  • be able to harness ICT (eg interactive whiteboards, tablet PCs, web 2.0) and calculator learning technologies in their teaching repertoire
  • be able to select and use a variety of assessment techniques to evaluate student learning in mathematics
  • be able to identify and discuss a range of pedagogical issues (eg student affect, the evaluation and improvement of teaching programs, professional learning) in primary mathematics education, and to apply research skills to produce innovative responses.

Assessment

Task 1: Research-informed analysis of a chosen learning context or issue (2000 words, 50%); and Task 2: Evaluate a unit of work sourced from appropriate engagement with learners (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week (equivalent)

Prerequisites

EDF1206 Mathematics education 1 (P-10)

Prohibitions

EDF3301; and EDF4104


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores science within four broad frames:

  1. science as a way of thinking and acting
  2. learning about learning science
  3. teaching as the transformation of knowing science and the engagement of learners
  4. communicating science.

The unit takes a constructivist approach, using strategies such as using prior knowledge, questioning and inquiry learning including hands-on approaches, scientific investigations and student owned/student-centred investigations. The relationship between science, technology and society, different science curriculum and the nature of science as a discipline is also considered. Students build understanding of science learning and teaching through collaborative participation in a range of contexts and critically reflect on these.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to -

Science as a way of knowing:

  • Appreciate science as a way of thinking and the collection of values that underpin such thinking. This includes an appreciation for different collections of values that represent science in other cultures (eg Indigenous science, Eastern philosophy).
  • Understand how this way of thinking generates knowledge that can be used to describe and respond to our environment.
  • Appreciate science as a human creation, within cultural and societal dimensions that have ethical boundaries.
  • Appreciate science's relationship with other disciplines and its particular relationship to technology.

Learning about learning science:

  • Develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications for teaching.
  • Become sensitised to the 'real world' of learners and appreciate the need to provide learning experiences in science that will be meaningful to them.
  • Critically reflect on their experiences as learners of science and identify implications for their professional identities.

Teaching as the transformation of knowing science and engagement of learners:

  • Develop the ability to establish, monitor and develop student understanding of science as a way of knowing, and the importance of reasoning and critical thinking skills and to identify, develop and deliver appropriate strategies to achieve this.
  • Develop and appreciation for pedagogical content knowledge through a focus on developing understanding of the relationships between context, content and pedagogy.
  • Interpret and implement the intentions of curriculum documents relating to science.
  • Develop competence in the planning and implementing science learning experiences using a variety of technologies and approaches.

Communicating science:

  • Develop an appreciation and understanding of science as a specialised form of language and the symbols and conventions it employs.
  • Communicate science understanding in multiple ways and to multiple audiences.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Investigating science learners' science ideas (2000 words, 50%); and Assessment Task 2: Reflective critique on science teaching (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hrs per week with 2 hours face-to-face contact


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Deana Leahy

Synopsis

This unit is for students enrolled in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) at Berwick. It has been designed to provide the opportunity for students to explore health and physical education (HPE) teaching and learning in the primary and early secondary years.
The unit aims to introduce students to increase knowledge and experience in the unique teaching and learning environment of health and physical education. It provides historical, philosophical and pedagogical foundations of health and physical education, enabling students to develop confidence and competence in teaching HPE to students in the primary and early secondary years.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • articulate the unique contribution of health and physical education to the general curriculum
  • demonstrate knowledge of the philosophy, history and contemporary status of school physical education
  • develop, design and plan lessons, units and curricula that are developmentally appropriate for Years P to 10
  • understand, utilise and have participated experientially in a variety of physical education specific pedagogies (eg fundamental motor skills, sport education, thematics, game-centred approaches) that promotes moving-related educative experiences
  • express concepts and information about health and health-related matters as it pertains to health education (eg drug education, sexuality education)

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: 40%; and Assessment Task 2: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosalyn Black

Synopsis

This unit introduces pre-service undergraduate students to the key theoretical and empirical concepts and understandings, and practical and successful applications, of Social Education ('Social Studies'), in Prep to Year 10 classroom situations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • develop appropriate strategies and techniques for teaching Social Education ('social studies') in educational contexts ranging from Prep to Year 10
  • analyse and critique current curriculum documents into classroom practice that will engage school students in active and inquiry-based learning, so they may participate in and understand their local communities, region and the world
  • implement techniques, and use a variety of resources, to develop school students' literacy and ICT skills the medium of social education
  • devise, adapt, interpret and use courses, units and varied learning resources to enhance classroom practices and student learning
  • make connections between Social Studies, multicultural education and diversity education in the study, application and promotion of social justice and equity
  • demonstrate an understanding of contemporary trends in Social Education in Victoria, Australia and internationally
  • reflect critically on the development of students' own learning and teaching skills.

Assessment

Two portfolios of assessment task, each equivalent to 2000 words (50% each)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week (equivalent)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tasos Barkatsas (Gippsland); Dr Wee Tiong Seah (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit extends students' knowledge, skills and dispositions relating to early years numeracy, to the exploration of different pedagogical approaches and strategies in the teaching of mathematics and numeracy to primary school children, including those in the middle years. It provides students with opportunities to engage in critical readings, hands-on exercises and discussions of teaching and learning different mathematical topics. There will be an emphasis on students interrogating their understanding and honing their skills in facilitating children learning in a variety of sociocultural and educational contexts, such as learning technologies, mixed abilities, learning disabilities, and creative assessment. Particular emphasis will be placed on topics related to chance and data, and measurement. These activities will be informed by current educational research and policy, both locally and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify key concepts in primary mathematics and numeracy pedagogy;
  2. understand how sociocultural, political and educational contexts underlie, facilitate and impede children learning of primary mathematics and numeracy;
  3. evaluate personal professional assumptions about teaching and learning primary mathematics and numeracy;
  4. plan for the effective deployment of appropriate pedagogical strategies to support children's learning against current-day, multiple contexts; and
  5. assess authentically, efficiently and effectively the extent of children's mathematics and numeracy learning.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: A critical analysis of a selected pedagogical context or issue in numeracy education, informed by relevant research and guided by personal professional experience.(2,000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2: A reflective examination of the ways in which relevant sociocultural, political and educational contexts have been negotiated in the development of a chosen numeracy unit. (2,000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF1204, EDF5116, EDF4104


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter De Vries (Peninsula); Ms Nerissa Albon (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit students will construct, implement and evaluate learning experiences through engaging with and exchanging different forms of knowledge, including the arts, language and numeracy. Students will participate in research that involves them in critical engagements with a range of sign systems. Commonalities between the arts and numeracy will be established including colour, shape, line, form, tone, space, rhythm, time, texture, tactility, motion and various approaches to problem-solving. Students will examine, critique and design interdisciplinary and integrated curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of integrated curriculum as a pedagogy;
  2. critique integrated curriculum as a pedagogy;
  3. design, plan and evaluate integrated learning experiences for a range of learners; and
  4. show an understanding of the connections between the arts, language and numeracy in an educational context.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Research Project (2,000 words equiv, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Integrated Unit of Work (2,000 words equiv, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hong Ming Ma (Gippsland); Dr Marc Pruyn (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will construct, implement and evaluate integrated learning experiences through engaging with different forms of knowledge, including science, technology and studies of society and environment. This unit considers the ways in which scientific, technological, social, cultural, historical, environmental, and political meanings are constructed and transmitted within our society and the ways in which these key areas can be integrated and implemented in diverse educational settings and places. Students will continue to examine, critique and design interdisciplinary and integrated curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. show an understanding of the connections between the science, technology and studies of society and environment;
  2. further develop their knowledge of integrated curriculum as a pedagogy;
  3. design, plan and evaluate integrated learning experiences for a range of learners and places using science, technology and studies of society and environment; and
  4. critique their prior experiences in science, technology and studies of society and environment and consider the implications for their practice.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Multimodal Report (2,000 words equiv, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Integrated Unit of Work and Resource (2,000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Rennie (Peninsula); Ms Wendy Goff (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit explores a range of theoretical perspectives on the learning and teaching of literacy. Students will be encouraged to research changing literacy practices, critically reflect on their own beliefs and teaching practices, and develop a robust theoretical perspective on the learning and teaching of literacy, to a diverse range of learners. The students will critically examine current literacy practices, including assessment and reporting of literacy learning, in order to develop effective methods of literacy pedagogy in their own teaching. Students' pedagogical practices will take into account the changing social futures and needs of primary school students.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify a range of theoretical perspectives on literacy, and critically examine these in light of their own developing perspectives;
  2. explore and develop their own literacy skills and pedagogical practices;
  3. demonstrate their understanding of a range of effective and inclusive teaching strategies for literacy in the primary classroom, including approaches to assessment and reporting, and
  4. become competent in the use of a range of ICTs in accessing relevant research literature, in accessing and developing teaching resources and strategies, and in presenting evidence of their own learning in the area of literacy.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Critique (2,000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Planning assignment (2,000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF4102 EDF1203


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Monica Green (Gippsland); Ms Gloria Quinones (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will explore the components of place and space in the context of local and global educational settings and contexts. Students will engage in their own communities through local history, culture and environment. There is a significant focus on children's place making in their own educational settings and communities. The unit also considers how places affect relationships to other people and other places.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. appreciate and understand their own communities through local history, culture and environment;
  2. plan, implement and evaluate experiences that connect educational settings and communities;
  3. engage children in place making in their own educational settings and communities, and
  4. consider how places affect relationships to other people and other places.

Fieldwork

15 days placement. For middle school reduced to 5 days + (10 days to be done in secondary school setting)

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Journal (2,000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Successful completion of placement and allied tasks (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours (max) per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Singapore Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Corine Rivalland

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of ways to identify, investigate, and make professional judgments about children's learning and development in early childhood settings, including homes, schools, and early childhood services. An emphasis on assessment for learning (rather than assessment of learning) will be taken. Students will participate in a range of assessment activities, using a variety of digital and other tools. Students will learn how to communicate with families about children's learning and development, and how to involve children in making judgments about their own learning and their learning goals.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. systematically observe and document learning episodes using a range of technologies;
  2. make explicit links between observed behaviours and children's development of specific knowledge, skills, attitudes, and learning dispositions;
  3. express assessment information in a way that is accessible to children and their families;
  4. involve children in reflecting on their learning and identifying their own learning goals, and
  5. reflect critically on contemporary assessment discourse in schools and early childhood services.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: One portfolio item demonstrating an assessment technique (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%).
Assessment task 2: One portfolio item demonstrating reporting to children and/or parents (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Iris Duhn

Synopsis

This unit provides students in the Bachelor of Early Childhood Education and Bachelor of Early Childhood Studies with the opportunity to engage with curriculum and pedagogy with children under the age of three years in child care settings. Students are expected to demonstrate professional knowledge and practice drawn from other units in the course, and the attitudes and dispositions appropriate to teaching in infant and toddler settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate professional judgments about infant and toddler learning and development from a variety of theoretical perspectives;

  1. use their professional judgments about infant and toddler learning and development to systematically identify learning goals for children, plan experiences to foster these learning goals, and research the effectiveness of these plans;

  1. prepare and implement experiences for infants and toddlers to achieve differentiated learning and development goals across diverse learners; and

  1. creates learning environments that foster appropriate learning dispositions and behaviours, including responding confidently and appropriately to instances of children's inappropriate behaviour.

Fieldwork

20 days placement

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Satisfactory completion of the fieldwork placement, as per the requirements specified in the Professional Placement Handbook (equivalent to 60%)
Assessment task 2: The addition of a minimum of three items to the professional portfolio (40%, equivalent to 1600 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.

Prohibitions

EDF3508 Early childhood teaching studies 4


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hilary Monk

Synopsis

This unit provides students in the Bachelor of Early Childhood Education and Bachelor of Early Childhood Studies with the opportunity to engage with curriculum and pedagogy with children over the age of three years in child care settings. Students are expected to demonstrate professional knowledge and practice drawn from other units in the course, and the attitudes and dispositions appropriate to teaching in child care settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate professional judgments about children's learning and development from a variety of theoretical perspectives;
  2. use their professional judgments about children's learning and development to systematically identify learning goals for children, plan experiences to foster these learning goals, and research the effectiveness of these plans ;
  3. prepare and implement experiences in the child care setting to achieve differentiated learning and development goals across diverse learners; and
  4. creates learning environments that foster appropriate learning dispositions and behaviours, including responding confidently and appropriately to instances of children's inappropriate behaviour.

Fieldwork

20 days placement

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Satisfactory completion of the fieldwork placement, as per the requirements specified in the Professional Placement Handbook (equivalent to 60%)
Assessment task 2: The addition of a minimum of three items to the professional portfolio (40%, equivalent to 1600 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.

Prohibitions

EDF2507 Early childhood teaching studies 1


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Singapore Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Term 4 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sivanes Phillipson (Singapore, Term 4 off-campus Peninsula); Dr Hanan Sukkar (Semester 2 Peninsula)

Synopsis

The theoretical and practical context of child development from birth to twelve years will be explored. The implications of development for learning and teaching will be featured in relation to contemporary issues impacting on child development. All aspects of learning and teaching in the early and middle childhood years will be examined through participation in problem-based learning scenarios and observed case studies where students will analyse and apply knowledge of child development to understand both theoretical and contemporary real-life issues related to development of children.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to be able to:

  1. identify and assess the likely impact of social, culture, family and life experience on development;
  2. link the development of general and specific behaviours and skills of individual children to theoretical perspectives;
  3. observe development sensitively and record precise, relevant and accurate information that can be used in planning and evaluation of support/learning strategies;
  4. evaluate the impact of contemporary real-life issues to child development.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Problem-based learning of young children (1600 words, 40%) and
Assessment task 2: Observed contemporary issues in the context of child development (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.

Prohibitions

EDF2201 Child development 1, EDF2202 Child development 2


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to teach successfully in inclusive classrooms by learning about various ways the curriculum can be adapted to meet the learning and teaching needs of learners with diverse needs. Students will learn about various teaching practices that could reduce the ability of learners with diverse needs to access the taught curriculum. They will also learn about the key principles of adapting curriculum generally, but also at key transition periods, including when students move into primary school, from primary to secondary settings and from secondary settings to work. They will gain skills in adapting text books, units of work and various learning tasks so that all learners can fully participate and benefit from school curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify the key principles of adapting curriculum for students with diverse needs,
  2. recognise teaching practices that may exclude some students from participating in learning and teaching activities,
  3. learn about ways curriculum can be adapted across different subject areas, student populations and at different stages of schooling, and
  4. work cooperatively with a range of stakeholders in adapting curriculum.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Class presentation; (equivalent to 2000 words, 50%) & Assessment Task 2: Lesson planning task; (2000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

Contact 2 hrs/week; private study 10 hrs/week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit will prepare students to work with learners with complex needs, including but not limited to those with multiple disabilities, and those whose disabilities (physical, sensory, cognitive, intellectual, language and/or social) may require a high level of support. Evidence-based strategies for curriculum design and the use of technology will be presented. Students will learn about various resources and supports available in schools and the community to assist with the learning and teaching of students with complex needs. Approaches to working with teaching assistants, other specialists and families will also be covered.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the implications of teaching students with complex needs in a variety of educational settings and across the school years,
  2. develop skills in curriculum design and the use of technology to support the educational needs of students with complex needs,
  3. identify community and school resources and supports available for students with complex needs, and
  4. understand the role of, and develop skills to collaborate with, other personnel, including teacher assistants, other specialists and family members when working with students with complex needs.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Class presentation; (equivalent to 2000 words, 50%) & Assessment Task 2: Essay; (2000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

Contact 2 hrs/week; private study 10 hrs/week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Phillip Payne

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to engage with and explore current trends, issues and controversies in sport and outdoor recreation. This includes: how humans relate to and manage sport and outdoor recreational environments; sport and outdoor recreation participation demographics and trends; sport and outdoor recreation policy; issues of sustainability, social justice and inclusion; contested histories and the development of professional ethics and standards in sport and outdoor recreation. Students engage with these topics through a team-based problem solving and/or action research approach.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  • be able to draw upon scholarly and public knowledge resources to identify and define current trends and issues of significance in outdoor recreation.
  • be able to appreciate and understand how current research activity provides conceptual resources and empirical insights into the development of outdoor recreation policy and practice.
  • be able to identify, collect, analyse and synthesize the current literature of conceptual and empirical relevance to one or more current trends and issues in outdoor recreation.
  • be able to develop and apply rigorous strategies, such as problem based learning and/or action research, for exploring those trends and issues.
  • be able to evaluate those issues and trends and to construct a coherent and logical argument that represents how outdoor recreation managers, guides and leaders should address them in practice.

Assessment

Two assessment tasks of 50% each (2000 words equivalent X 2 tasks) = 4000 words equivalent.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completions of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Beau Miles

Synopsis

Expeditionary learning considers the educational potential and significance of extended journeys in outdoor environments. It is made up of three interrelated phases of interdisciplinary inquiry and field experiences. The preparation phase examines the safe planning of a journey and includes preparatory research for various field studies to be conducted during the expedition. The action phase is the actual conduct of the expedition and data gathering for the field studies. The reflection phase includes an evaluation of the educational significance of the expedition and a final theoretical presentation of the field study. The unit includes 10 to 14 days of fieldwork.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate the ability to safely plan and implement an extended journey in remote outdoor settings in a particular season
  2. demonstrate the ability to apply careful judgement in a chosen adventure activity and the ability to work effectively as a group member
  3. demonstrate an understanding of the cultural heritage of wilderness environments and the expedition experience
  4. demonstrate the ability to present a detailed theoretical investigation into an aspect of expeditionary learning
  5. demonstrate an understanding of nature based environmental ethics and the responsibilities of outdoor expedition leaders, guides, and participants
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the educational potential and value of the expedition experience.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 (2000 words): 50%
Assessment Task 2 (2000 words): 50%; Satisfactory completion of fieldwork planning and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week equivalent including fieldwork component

Prerequisites

EDF2604 or EDF2614


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Phillip Payne

Synopsis

This unit has been designed for students who wish to experience and gain an understanding of some of Australia's unique natural environments. The educational setting for this unit will combine seminars and fieldtrips in an outdoor location that is natural. Topics include: Historical and cultural perspectives of the relationships between humans and nature; the contributions of experiential and environmental education to understanding the natural environment; outdoor nature and a sense of place; aesthetic responses to exploring and discovery in the natural world. The unit includes 6 to 8 days of fieldwork. Fieldwork costs to cover transport and accommodation in National Parks will apply.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the experiential and cultural relationship humans have had with the natural environment
  2. identify how educational approaches can contribute to a deeper understanding of outdoor experiences and place attachments
  3. demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the place of discovery, exploration and aesthetic preferences in natural environments
  4. explain how people develop a sense of place attachment to natural places.

Assessment

Assessment 1 (2000 words): 50%
Assessment 2 (2000 words): 50%
Satisfactory completion of fieldwork planning and fieldwork.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week or equivalent including fieldwork days


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms TerriAnne Philpott

Synopsis

Students will develop knowledge and skills and understand the philosophies and values of residential and base camping as an educational practice that services outdoor, environmental, sport, leadership, special populations or community development. The unit will equip students with knowledge about the basic principles, planning, organizational, legal and safety, risk management and administrative issues common to these forms of camping. The unit emphasizes the pedagogical role of experiential education within a socio-ecological theoretical framework of outdoor/environmental and physical activity/movement/sports education. Ten (10) days of experiential learning programs and site visitations will provide opportunities to develop camp leadership and facilitation skills; observe, collect and examine camp policies; reflect critically upon leadership and pedagogical skill development in the planning, conduct and evaluation of selected physical activities, games and camping competencies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  • developed knowledge, skills and competencies in the basic principles and applied practices of the different forms and purposes of camping;
  • understand the importance of examining camp programs and activities from a socio-ecological perspective;
  • developed a professional and personal philosophy of recreational/sports camping and role of camp education;
  • gained supervised experience in programming for camps, including activity leadership and facilitation/teaching, pedagogical skill development and an appreciation of their application to a range of outdoor/sport populations, including special;
  • developed grater insight and skill in applying experiential education to the administration, planning, programming, conduct and evaluation of camp education;
  • developed a resource file relevant to different forms of camping but including information relevant to the administration of risk management, safety, legal and ethical duties, obligations and functions.

Assessment

Essay (1200 words): 30%
Assignment (2800 words): 70%
Satisfactory completion of fieldwork planning and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Toni Hilland

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a theoretical and practical orientation to community and commercial workplaces in the sport and outdoor recreation sector. A theoretical framework is established. Topics include social trends and demographics, client needs, environmental and lifestyle considerations, resources and programming, employment requirements and standards including certification, and program evaluation techniques. The framework is then used in the analysis of programs and practices in sport and/or outdoor recreation industry settings. Students will be required to complete a minimum of 15 days of approved work experience and/or training within the sector.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate through written reports a detailed knowledge of the application of professional programs in the sport and outdoor recreation sector
  2. demonstrate performance competency in selected activities where required
  3. demonstrate the ability to safely plan and implement a program in the selected activities in workplace and training settings within the sector
  4. demonstrate the ability to produce written documents which critically examine and evaluate the provision of sport and outdoor recreation opportunities in the community.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 (2000 words): 50%
Assessment Task 2 (2000 words): 50%
Satisfactory completion of practical components and fieldwork.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week equivalent including required fieldwork component

Prerequisites

EDF1604 or EDF1612


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Phillip Payne

Synopsis

Students will independently select a topic related to previous studies and/or professional aspirations in the study of sport, outdoor recreation, experiential education and social ecology. Through lectures, workshops and guidance from various staff members, students will propose a topic and complete a systematic search and critical review of the literature. The literature review will clarify the purposes and rationale of a potential research project or thesis, synthesise existing scholarship and offer an appropriate conclusion.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. conduct research planning skills in searching the literature;
  2. systematically analyse, assess and annotate scholarly work differentiating between evidence and speculation;
  3. critically analyse research;
  4. clarify researchable problems or issues;
  5. demonstrate the ability to critically synthesise a wide array of information into a scholarly review of the literature;
  6. Demonstrate expert knowledge of a select topic relevant to their professional aspirations.

Assessment

Assessment 1 (1000 words): 25%
Assessment 2 (3000 words): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF2606 or EDF2620 (plus EDF3605 or EDF2612)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Trent Brown

Synopsis

The unit builds upon a sequence of foundation units that students study in the first two years of the degree. It explores a range of pedagogical practices associated with the provision of sport and movement education and considers socio-ecological factors that impact upon the experience. Students will critically explore traditional and contemporary principles that underpin sport, physical and fitness education practices applied to school and community settings and consider their use within broader frameworks for physical activity participation. Students will apply concepts in practical movement settings that may include dance, gymnastics, games and lifestyle exercise based programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • Discuss skills and basic movement techniques associated with alternate sport and movement experiences;
  • critique a variety of traditional/contemporary pedagogical practices and their associated theories and describe how these are located within a broader socio-ecological frame for physical activity;
  • plan and implement a movement experience unit of work grounded in a relevant theoretical framework (e.g. SEPEP, Cooperative Learning, Games Sense);
  • apply a critical reflective practice that considers the interplay between developmental, social, cultural and environmental elements of the sport and movement education context.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (2400 words): 60%
Assessment task 2 (equivalent 1600 words): 40%
Satisfactory completion of practical components.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completions of set tasks and self-directed learning

Prerequisites

EDF2602 or EDF2616 or approved equivalent unit


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Jeanes

Synopsis

This unit is a designed to advance students' knowledge and understanding of sports coaching and community development. It will provide students with the opportunity to expand and integrate previously taught concepts from targeted disciplines (physical education, community sport and physical activity, and sports coaching) by employing an interdisciplinary approach to examine the role of sport in addressing wider social issues within communities. Problem-based learning will be used to develop students' theoretical understanding as it applies directly to practical applications in sports coaching and development.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  • Be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of relevant theories underpinning community development.
  • Have a practical understanding of how sport is used in community development and be able to evaluate its benefits and limitations.
  • Understand the role of the coach in community development.
  • Be able to demonstrate both theoretical and practical understanding of how to work with different marginalised groups in a community development context.
  • Be able to plan, implement and evaluate a community development and coaching program aimed at working with an excluded group.

Assessment

Assessment 1 (2000 words equivalent): 50%; and Assessment 2 (2000 words equivalent): 50%. Satisfactory completion of practical components.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Susan Webb

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understanding of changing relationships between work, learning and development, and how they shape the professional identities and careers of adult learners and educators. Key concepts are introduced to examine the ways in which identities and careers are constructed in and across global and local spaces, including organisations and communities, and the roles that education and workplace learning play in these processes. Opportunities to engage in self-narrative and biographical research enable students to explore and review the development of their own professional identities and learning careers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should:

  • have an understanding of key concepts and inter-relationships between work, development and identity, as they relate to adult learners and educators
  • be able to identify and analyse the ways in which global forces and local practices are reshaping processes of work, development and identity formation
  • develop an appreciation of the role of work and learning, both formal and informal, in the development of professional identities and careers over the life course
  • be able to use this knowledge to engage in reflexive research about their professional identities and career development.

Assessment

Assignment 1: Project proposal (1,500 words) 40%; Assignment 2: Final report (2,500 words) 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Harrington

Synopsis

This unit builds on the knowledge, skills and experience gained in previous Bachelor of Adult Learning and Development units and applies them in a work-based setting. Participants will develop and complete a small-scale and self-directed research project in a workplace setting. The unit will emphasise the practical and independent development and management of a research project. Workplace application and dissemination of research project outcomes will be explored.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. be able to develop a research project proposal;
  2. be able to select and apply a work-based research approach;
  3. be able to design, manage and complete a work-based research project; and
  4. be aware of the ways in which research project outcomes can be applied and disseminated.

Assessment

Assignment 1: Development of a project proposal (1,000 words) 25%; Assignment 2: Report on workplace project: (3000 words) 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr D Anderson

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with opportunities to reflect critically and creatively on the future directions of adult learning and development. Contemporary conceptual frameworks for reshaping adult learning and development will be examined. Students will analyse the potential implications of current developments and emerging trends for adult educators, and will develop an appreciation of strategies for participating in, facilitating and influencing change processes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have:

  • developed an understanding of the rapidly changing environment for adult learning and development and of emerging trends and their implications for adult educators;
  • a knowledge of relevant core concepts;
  • a critical awareness of possible and alternative future directions for the development of adult learning and development and an appreciation of strategies for participating in, facilitating and influencing change processes in relation to adult learning and development.

Assessment

Assignment 1: Class presentation (1,000 word equivalence) 25%; Assignment 2: Major report (3,000 words) 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paddy O'Toole

Synopsis

Students undertaking this unit will examine the impact and change relating to key issues in contemporary Australian workplaces from the perspective of those engaged in facilitating or supporting learning in those workplaces. Drawing on theories relating to organisational change and strategy and on social exchange theories, selected key issues will be examined with a view to diagnosing and implementing action.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this Unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate awareness of workplace issues concerning individuals, teams and organisations,
  2. diagnose the structures and processes that affect and are affected by key issues, and
  3. show increased confidence and competence in planning change to deal with key issues.

Assessment

Assignment 1: Essay (1,500 words) 40% (Objectives 1 & 2); and
Assignment 2: Essay (2,500 words) 60% (Objectives 2 and 3)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Neil Selwyn

Synopsis

This unit builds on EDF2803 Learning and researching in work-related contexts, to introduce students to the notion of different perspectives or paradigms in adult and workplace learning research. Students will be exposed to key concepts, traditions and methodologies in research, including positivism, interpretivism and alternative approaches to knowledge production. The unit extends students' appreciation of research as having different forms and purposes, and being constructed through different theoretical and methodological frameworks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have developed:

  1. a stronger appreciation of research as a process of knowledge production and its relevance to practice in adult and workplace education,
  2. a broad understanding of research perspectives and approaches,
  3. an awareness of their own positions in relation to different research traditions and methodologies, and
  4. an appreciation of the research craft, including research design, methods, ethical principles and presentation.

Assessment

Assignment 1: Research proposal (40%); and
Assignment 2: Research portfolio (60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz

Synopsis

This unit develops students' working knowledge of a range of conceptualisations of reflection and its place in professional practice. Students are encouraged to consider their identities as reflective practitioners and are supported to develop skills to reflect on and interpret critical moments in workplace practice.

Outcomes

  1. develop their working knowledge of the concepts of reflection and reflective learning
  2. identify their values around the construction of knowledge and their identities as reflective professionals
  3. apply reflective approaches to interpreting critical moments in practice.

Assessment

Reading review (1200 - 1600 words, 40%); Case development and interpretation (2400 - 2800 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Wing Chan

Synopsis

In this unit we consider why mentoring has been taken up so widely, and for what purposes. We also consider the different forms it takes in different places, with a focus on mentoring in workplaces. The unit will provide students with skills and knowledge to enable them to design a mentoring initiative. It also offers students an opportunity to critically evaluate the claims of mentoring and to consider its merits in relation to other approaches to promoting learning in the workplace.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, participants should have:

  1. An appreciation of different types of mentoring
  2. An understanding of the steps involved in setting up a small workplace mentoring scheme
  3. An awareness of issues involved in introducing mentoring
  4. Basic skills in designing, coordinating and evaluating a mentoring program.

Assessment

There are 2 assessment tasks for the unit:
1. an annotated bibliography (1500 words) 40%; and
2. a mentoring action plan (2500 words) 60% .

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Damon Anderson

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the core concepts and processes relating to policy making in the field of adult learning and development in both the public and private sectors. Recent government policy reforms in adult and vocational education and training are examined, and their impact on, and implications for, adult educators and learners are explored. Opportunities are provided for students to acquire skills in the development and critical analysis of policy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should have developed:

  • an understanding of the core concepts and processes relating to policy and policy making in the field of adult learning and development in both the public and private sectors;
  • knowledge of recent policy reforms, and their inter-relationships with wider political, social and economic developments;
  • an appreciation of the ways in which recent policy reforms have affected practitioners working with adult learners in diverse workplace and community settings;
  • and skills in the development and analysis of policy from a critical perspective.

Assessment

All tasks negotiated but equivalent in total to 4,000 words: 1. Reading review (1500 words): 30%; 2. Final project (2,500 words): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester plus an average of 10 hours per week in self-directed study

Prohibitions

EDF2808


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ian Mitchell (On-campus, Clayton); Dr Ann Ryan (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit students will critically engage with various theoretical views relating to curriculum and how assessment is positioned within these views. A focus of this unit will be upon what makes particular curricula and assessment approaches have educative value. Consequently the political and moral dimensions inherent in all curricula will be explored. This unit will promote the importance of developing the professional capacity of educators to make value judgments in terms of curriculum planning, action and evaluation. A key component to making such professional judgments is the capacity for engaging in philosophical aims and purposes of the curriculum and of assessment.

Outcomes

Upon experiencing this unit students will be critically inquiring into:

  • how the notion of 'curriculum' is embedded in the praxis of education rather than the discourse of learning if it is to have educative value.
  • the moral and political aspects inherent in all curricula and assessment;
  • various curricula and assessment practices to determine their educative value;
  • their beliefs about education, learning and assessment and be comparing these with theories found in professional literature;
  • designing a range of methods for generating evidence of student learning, including appropriate application of ICT;
  • reporting processes in terms of clarity for their audience and usefulness for future learning.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 - critical inquiry essay (2000 words, 50%).
Assessment Task 2 - design and analysis task (equivalent to 2000 words, 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree; enrolment in Grad. Dip. Ed; or by special permission

Prohibitions

EDF3001, EDF5422


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Peter Sullivan (Clayton); Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This core education unit is an introductory unit for graduate teacher education secondary students. Drawing on their learning in related units and their experience in fieldwork settings, students will develop an understanding of key elements of learning, specifically: teaching and learning; effective communication; use of ICT ; literacy and numeracy; establishing effective learning environments; student motivation; and processes of classroom management. The emphasis is on exploring the rich interconnections between theory and practice, and illustrating the power of effective theories in guiding complex practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. critically examine their personal beliefs, values and experiences about teaching and learning, classroom management, communication and motivation;
  2. articulate their emerging professional learning, identifying significant change moments;
  3. describe, evaluate and apply a variety of classroom management and communication strategies in educational contexts;
  4. recognise literacy and numeracy needs of students;
  5. identify and apply processes for drawing on a range of theories and principles to create effective learning opportunities for students in a range of contexts; and
  6. outline and apply processes for engaging students in their learning, especially disengaged students.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Reflective journal (2,000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Research task (2,000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of 3 years of an undergraduate Education degree; or enrolment in Grad Dip Ed (Secondary); or by special permission

Prohibitions

EDF5421


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stephen Keast (On-campus, Clayton);

Synopsis

This unit is designed to provide a transition for students as they move from teacher education into the professional practice of teaching and as such views teacher education as an important part of the induction process for engaging with the teaching profession. Students will be inducted into the notion of what it means to be engaged in the teaching profession through consideration of the nature of teachers' work. This includes the ethical, professional, industrial, legal, emotional, intellectual and physical frames of teachers' work. Students will be required to develop a sense of their personal identity; identify and develop personal literacy, numeracy and ICT skills appropriate for professional practice; as a teacher that builds in theoretical perspectives they have encountered.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. recognise the range and depth of teachers' work (the ethical, professional, industrial, legal, emotional, intellectual and physical frames of this work);
  2. articulate their personal identities as teachers;
  3. further develop the personal literacy, numeracy and ICT skills appropriate for professional practice;
  4. demonstrate their knowledge and skills as a professional learner and as a member of a professional learning community; and
  5. develop and document evidence of the impact of their professional practice on learning, teaching and organizational structures

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 - Professional Teaching Portfolio (2000 words or equivalent; 50%)
Assessment Task 2 - An investigation of professional learning by individuals within educational systems and settings. (2000 words; 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree; enrolment in Grad. Dip. Ed; or by special permission

Prohibitions

EDF5424


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalie Triolo (Clayton); Dr Adam Bertram (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce students to the societal and cultural diversity that surrounds and informs teaching in a wide range of educational settings. This unit focuses on ways in which teachers and learners self-identify: class and social background, gender, sexuality, race, indigeneity, and special learning needs including literacy and numeracy. Educational issues implicit in the creation of an inclusive curriculum are considered such as combating homophobia and bullying. Students will consider education at the local, national and international level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of the societal diversity that surrounds and embeds teaching and learning in educational institutions
  2. critique educational policies related to the issues discussed in this unit
  3. understand the social and cultural contexts that influence education at the local, national and international level
  4. recognise and articulate the principles of an inclusive approach to teaching and learning.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Analysis and critique of an educational policy (2,000 words; 50%).
Assessment task 2: Essay (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree; enrolment in Grad. Dip. Ed; or by special permission

Prohibitions

EDF5423


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christopher Boyle

Synopsis

In recent years there has been a marked increase in the number of children and adolescents with special needs entering the regular school. This unit will introduce the diverse range of students with disabilities and impairments who have a significant representation in today's classroom. Specialised topics will be presented which will give a broad overview to the field of special education. Off campus students would be required to complete a number of online tasks.

Outcomes

It is anticipated that by completing the unit students should:

  • be aware of the implications of disabilities from an educational and developmental perspective;
  • be familiar with the wide range of varying abilities of students;
  • be familiar with adaptations necessary for the school setting and instructional style;
  • be familiar with inclusive curriculum strategies; and
  • be informed about policy at the school, state and national and international level.

Assessment

An exam (2400 words equivalent) 60%; and A class (online for off campus) presentation (1600 words equiv.) 40%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the first of two professional experience units students undertake in their fourth year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements Manuals.

Fieldwork

For course 3750 BEd(P-10) or 4209 BEd(SpecEd): 20 days supervised professional placement

Assessment

Hurdle requirement: satisfactory completion of 20 days of supervised professional placement

Contact hours

Students undertake 20 days of professional experience over the semester

Prerequisites

EDF3101 Professional experience 3A and EDF3102 Professional experience 3B

Co-requisites

EDF4260 Curriculum, assessment and evaluation or EDF4262 History education (P-10)


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the second of two professional experience units students undertake in their fourth year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements Manuals.

Fieldwork

For course 3750 BEd(P-10) or 4209 BEd(SpecEd): 20 days supervised professional placement

Assessment

Hurdle requirement: satisfactory completion of 20 days of supervised professional placement

Contact hours

Students undertake 20 days of professional experience over the semester.

Prerequisites

EDF3101 Professional experience 3A and EDF3102 Professional experience 3B

Co-requisites

EDF4261 Professional ethics or EDF4263 Indigenous people and education


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, students are encouraged to reflect on their learning experiences in the secondary school context, with a focus on developing their professional knowledge, practice and engagement in line with expected professional standards. This includes knowledge of and demonstration of a professional code of ethics in their relations with students, colleagues, family members and the community. During and after the practicum, students will think about their professional learning and discuss their progressive development with their peers, school supervisors and university mentor in either face to face or online forums. They will develop a practicum folder to document their reflections and to form a record of their developing ability to reach the standards expected of graduating teachers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, which includes professional experience in schools, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice;
  • reflect on how resources can help to create rich and engaging learning environments;
  • reflect on and respond to advice from their peers, supervising teachers and University mentor on their development as effective teachers;
  • develop a range of teaching approaches to encourage effective student engagement and learning.

Fieldwork

EDF4070 and EDF4071 together require 25 days of placement

Assessment

1. Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4070 Professional experience 1A and EDF4071 Professional experience 1B.
2. Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 1A (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4070
Professional experience 1A.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only

Contact hours

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions either through face-to-face or online forums.

Prerequisites

Only available to students who enrolled prior to 2009


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

In this unit, students are encouraged to reflect on their learning experiences in the secondary school context, with a focus on developing their professional knowledge, practice and engagement in line with expected professional standards. This includes knowledge of and demonstration of a professional code of ethics in their relations with students, colleagues, family members and the community. During and after the practicum, students will think about their professional learning and discuss their progressive development with their peers, school supervisors and university mentor in either face to face or online forums. They will develop a practicum folder to document their reflections and to form a record of their developing ability to reach the standards expected of graduating teachers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, which includes professional experience in schools, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • develop and reflect on strategies that demonstrate empathy, positive regard for, and rapport with students;
  • regard all students as capable of learning and demonstrate an understanding of and commitment to equity in their practice;
  • identify the prior knowledge, the learning strengths and weaknesses of students, and other factors which impact on learning;
  • develop and reflect on strategies that acknowledge and cater for diverse cultural, religious and socio-economic factors influencing students.

Fieldwork

EDF4070 and EDF4071 together require 25 days of placement

Assessment

1. Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4070 Professional experience 1A and EDF4071 Professional experience 1B.
2. Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 1B (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4071 Professional experience 1B.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only

Contact hours

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions either through face-to-face or online forums.

Prerequisites

Only available to students who enrolled prior to 2009


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

In this unit, students extend their experience in the secondary school context with a focus on the practice of teaching in their curriculum specialism areas. A range of specific teaching approaches are developed within the teaching and learning relationship, including lesson planning, observation, assessment and reflection and evaluation of practice. Within the context of this unit, pre-service teachers will be supported to apply their developing pedagogy, their understandings, knowledge and skills of teaching in a safe and inclusive learning environment under the guidance of a supervising teacher within a school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice;
  • become familiar with a variety of resources to create rich and engaging learning environments;
  • be aware of assessment processes and procedures to support students' learning;
  • reflect on and respond to advice from their supervisor teacher and University staff
  • develop critical awareness of relevant curriculum documents;
  • utilise a range of teaching approaches in diverse learning environments;
  • undertake a range of teacher responsibilities; and
  • develop and sustain professional working relationships with colleagues.

Fieldwork

EDF4072 and EDF4073 together require 25 days of placement.

Assessment

1. Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4072 Professional experience 2A and EDF4073 Professional experience 2B.
2. Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 2A (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4072 Professional experience 2A.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Prerequisites

Only available to students who enrolled prior to 2009.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

In this unit, students extend their experience in the secondary school context with a focus on the practice of teaching in their curriculum specialism areas. A range of specific teaching approaches are developed within the teaching and learning relationship, including lesson planning, observation, assessment and reflection and evaluation of practice. Within the context of this unit, pre-service teachers will be supported to apply their developing pedagogy, their understandings, knowledge and skills of teaching in a safe and inclusive learning environment under the guidance of a supervising teacher within a school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice;
  • become familiar with a variety of resources to create rich and engaging learning environments;
  • be aware of assessment processes and procedures to support students' learning;
  • reflect on and respond to advice from their supervisor teacher and University staff
  • develop critical awareness of relevant curriculum documents;
  • utilise a range of teaching approaches in diverse learning environments;
  • undertake a range of teacher responsibilities; and
  • develop and sustain professional working relationships with colleagues.

Fieldwork

EDF4072 and EDF4073 together require 25 days of placement.

Assessment

1. Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4072 Professional experience 2A and EDF4073 Professional experience 2B.
2. Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 2B (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4073 Professional experience 2B.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Prerequisites

Only available to students who enrolled prior to 2009


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

This is a 6 point unit for students in a Graduate Diploma of Education (Secondary Education) and a Bachelor of Education.
It provides an introduction to teaching in the arts and focuses on issues facing classroom practitioners. Issues such as curriculum, assessment and the development and management of effective learning episodes in the arts including literacy,
numeracy and ICT needs will be discussed. The aesthetic and creative development of the student will be discussed.
Performance, display and advocacy for the arts in schools and communities will be considered. There will be a focus on the preparation and compilation of resources for current and future teaching.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop, prepare and evaluate effective learning episodes in school arts education;
  2. explore and develop instructional strategies applicable in the arts classroom such as management and occupational health and safety issues;
  3. understand curriculum concepts and documentation in arts education;
  4. explore and develop strategies for engendering creative and aesthetic experiences in arts education;
  5. show an awareness of approaches to inclusive arts education; and
  6. understand the role of arts education in school communities.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Analysis of a learning context (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%); Assessment task 2: Unit of work (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree; enrolment in Grad. Dip. Ed; or by special permission. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

Any one of EDF4404, OR EDF4417, OR EDF4418, OR EDF4425 & EDF4426. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5478, EDF5480


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

This unit consists of four modules. Module 1 will focus on what it means to be a Business educator and explore the rationale for Business Education locally, nationally and internationally. A range of Business Studies curriculum models and syllabi will be examined. Module 2 will assist pre-service teachers to develop their knowledge, skills and behaviours related to the teaching, learning and resourcing of Business Studies education programs. Module 3 will develop pre-service teachers' understandings about how to employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress, including the use of assessment criteria. Module 4 will examine a range of cross curriculum priorities that inform the teaching of Business and Economics across the compulsory Years 7-10.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the role and importance of Business education curriculum (including reference to Accounting, Business Management, Economics, Industry and Enterprise and Legal Studies) in the secondary school context with particular emphasis on Years 7 - 10;
  2. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions;
  3. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work;
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate students which respond to the diverse abilities and interests of all learners;
  5. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress; and
  6. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Portfolio (2,000 words, 50%); Assessment task 2: Selecting appropriate resources, teaching, learning and assessment approaches (2,000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Level 3, undergraduate degree, or by special permission. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

EDF4401, EDF4405, EDF4413, OR EDF4427. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

Students will develop their understanding of, and capacity for, developing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy across a range of subject areas, appreciating the importance of language and literacy in schooling and students' learning. Through grounded inquiry into aspects of recent international, national, state-based curricula, and awareness of the way language and context mediate teaching and learning, students are familiarised with current practices in English language and literacy in Australia and other countries. Focus is upon language and literacy with respect to curriculum and pedagogy in Yrs 7-10 of secondary schooling, while the principles and practices are relevant to years P-12.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect upon their beliefs, ethical approaches and experiences with respect to language and literacy learning in secondary schools;
  2. develop, and critically evaluate, a variety of teaching practices and communication strategies in different modes and in different teaching and learning contexts;
  3. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work;
  4. actively participate in professional conversations about a range of issues in relation to the nature and possibilities of English language and literacy learning across different subject areas; the impact of recent language and literacy policy on curriculum, pedagogy, assessment and ethical issues in different subject areas; and professional identity of teachers who teach language and literacy in different curriculum settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO);Assessment Task 1: A reflective autobiographical narrative (2,000 words); Assessment Task 2: A unit of work for secondary school students (equivalent of 2,000 words)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Level 3 undergraduate degree, or by special permission. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

EDF4406, or EDF4416. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5436


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in contemporary science teaching. Although the main focus is on the Victorian secondary science curriculum, students will also explore science curricula from national and international perspectives. The unit will draw on concepts from constructivist theories of learning, pedagogical content knowledge and critical reflection. Emphasis will be placed on students building their understanding of science teaching through collaborative participation in a range of contexts and experiences.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on their experiences as learners of science and identify implications for their professional identity;
  2. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications for science teaching;
  3. become familiar with curriculum documents related to teaching science;
  4. build pedagogical content knowledge through a focus on developing understanding of the relationships between content, context and pedagogical approach;
  5. develop competence in planning, assessing and implementing lessons and units of work; and
  6. become sensitized to the "real world" of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Written assignment (2,000 words, 50%); Assessment task 2: Written assignment (2,000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Level 3, undergraduate degree, 4 units of tertiary science or by special permission. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

EDF4402, OR EDF4403, OR EDF4419, OR EDF4420 OR EDF4424. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5458


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

This unit utilises and integrated approach towards the teaching of Health, Outdoor and Physical Education (HOPE) within a secondary education context. Students will be introduced to methods, resources and theories which are useful in contemporary HOPE teaching. While the focus is upon the Victorian curriculum, students will be encouraged to explore HOPE teaching from national and international perspectives. Students will be expected to critically engage with a range of relevant pedagogical and professional issues.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • Provide a socio-historical perspective on the relationships between Health, Outdoor and Physical Education;
  • Articulate their teaching philosophies and identify the ways in which they may have implications for their teaching and professional identity;
  • Plan, develop, implement and evaluate units of work and lessons;
  • Identify and apply effective and innovative approaches to teaching HOPE;
  • Develop knowledge of pedagogical content;
  • Become familiar with relevant curriculum documents related to teaching HOPE.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Written assignment (2,000 words, 50%); Assessment task 2: Written assignment (2,000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

3 hrs pw

Prerequisites

Level 3, undergraduate degree with a minor sequence in Health, Physical Education or Outdoor Education. [Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.]

Co-requisites

EDF4409, OR EDF4422, OR EDF4423. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5482, EDF5485, EDF5490


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

The unit provides students with the opportunity to apply and assess appropriate educational applications of technology across the secondary school curriculum. A particular focal point addresses the use of technologies in order to represent understandings, conceptualise and manage ideas. A second focus of the unit is to engage critically with the impacts of technology in society and education in ways that can impact the broader school curriculum. Students will gain familiarity with the information resources and facilities available to teachers, and gain experience with the different ways in which information technology can be structured in schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand and appreciate the various applications of technology in learning and teaching;
  2. critically evaluate the impacts of information and communication technologies in education and society;
  3. apply their skills in using suitable technologies to manage teaching and learning;
  4. understand and appreciate practical issues in implementing information technology programs into school settings;
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  6. recognise the centrality of literacy and numeracy for effective use of ICT; and
  7. explore and develop strategies for collegial cross-curriculum teaching using information and communication technologies.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: A resources database (3,000 words, 70%); Assessment task 2: Written assignment (1,000 words, 30%)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Level 3, an undergraduate degree. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

EDF4410. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5456


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

In this unit students will be introduced to a range of issues associated with being a secondary mathematics and numeracy teacher. Issues examined include: how children learn mathematics; contemporary mathematics curricula; theories informing the approaches to mathematics teaching advocated; planning to teach mathematics; and locating resources. These issues are examined through a consideration of a range of content areas within the years 7 -10 curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand and appreciate the role of mathematics and numeracy in secondary schooling;
  2. develop and apply knowledge of teaching styles, resources and assessment methods for mathematics;
  3. explore the needs of diverse groups of students and consider the range of factors that can influence learning outcomes, including literacy and ICT needs;
  4. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  5. investigate and evaluate a variety of aspects of school mathematics pedagogy; and
  6. examine and evaluate mathematics curriculum documents and their underpinning principles.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Analysis of learning (1600 words, 40%); Assessment task 2: Reflection and analysis from fieldwork placement (2400 words, 60%)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

2 units of first year tertiary level mathematics or by special permission. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

EDF4415. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5454


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the theoretical bases and principles of second language teaching and learning and the development of bilingualism in current multicultural and multilingual contexts, while also addressing remaining monolingual ones such as those in rural areas. It encourages students to reflect on their own second language learning and to use this to analyse and report on current second language programmes in contexts in which they may teach.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. develop their understanding of principles of second language acquisition and apply these to planning for teaching and learning in multilingual and multicultural contexts;
  2. reflect on the ways in which second language and literacy teaching and learning in schools can develop additive bilingualism;
  3. apply communicative language teaching approaches in diverse classroom contexts;
  4. develop sociocultural awareness of and sensitivity to classroom contexts;
  5. develop an understanding of intercultural competence and its importance in a global world;
  6. undertake planning for second language learning;
  7. acquire a metalanguage for talking about second language pedagogy; and
  8. develop and apply their knowledge and skills for using ICT in second language programs.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Written evaluation of second language program (2,000 words, 50%); Assessment task 2: Case study of learner, or, an inquiry into primary language learning activities and outcomes. (2,000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Level 3, undergraduate degree. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5486


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to theory and practice in the broad field of Social and Environmental Education. This is an introductory unit for students who will study Geography, History and Social education specialisms in the second semester. The unit prepares students to become effective and knowledgeable Social and Environmental educators. The unit focuses on developing understanding of recent developments in the curriculum area of Social and Environmental Education, since varied models and approaches to this field are found in school. The main focus in the unit is on curriculum and teaching in the lower and middle levels of secondary school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop appropriate strategies for teaching Social and Environmental Education in secondary school settings;
  2. interpret and translate current curriculum documents into classroom practice that will engage school learners in active and inquiry-based learning;
  3. and use a variety of resources and approaches to develop school students' literacy, numeracy and ICT skills;
  4. devise, adapt, interpret and use courses, units, and varied learning resources to enhance classroom practice and student learning;
  5. demonstrate an understanding of contemporary trends in Social and Environmental Education locally and internationally; and
  6. reflect critically on the development of students' own learning and teaching skills.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Annotated review of Social and Environmental Education resources (2,000 words, 50%); Assessment task 2: Critical review of curriculum models in Social and Environmental Education (2,000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Minor sequence in Social Science. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Timothy Lynch

Synopsis

Concepts of health and health education contextualised within a school (primary and or secondary) and community (welfare, policing, employment) setting. Past, present and future directions of health education and promotion. Approaches to drug and sexuality education. Resources available to health education.

Outcomes

As a result of participating in this elective unit students will gain opportunities to:

  • develop knowledge of current and major issues in the field of health education;
  • utilise critical and reflective thinking skills in the analysis of health issues via reading, research and investigation;
  • review the impact of health initiatives and interventions, for example, the 'Health Promoting School' policy in the education context; and understand principles of health and wellness on a personal and community level.

Assessment

Assignment (2000 words) 50%. Essay (2000 words) 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)TBA (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit, recent developments in the use of computer technology in the classroom, and pedagogical issues surrounding learning technologies will be examined. Students will develop advanced skill in the use of databases, multimedia, communications and adventure game software.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • identify and discuss the major legal, ethical and cultural issues currently impacting on educational computing;
  • have developed an advanced understanding of how the computer and its applications can be used in the primary classroom as a catalyst for the development of children's thinking;
  • have further developed advanced understandings and user skills necessary for the effective use of the computer;
  • possess an advanced understanding of the concepts underlying flexible and inflexible databases, multimedia, communications and adventure game software and the rationale underpinning their use in the classroom; and
  • have further developed a range of advanced procedures and practices for the effective use of the computer as a teaching and learning aid.

Assessment

Folio of practical work (2000 words): 50%
Essay (2000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Contact hours

2 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

The design and production of illustrations in children's books as a means of exploring visual literacy. Contemporary and traditional children's book illustration, particularly the variety of media techniques, and intertextuality between image and text. Students produce an illustrated book, using traditional media alongside digital processes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  • have developed skills in editing, producing and binding a children's story book using visual art skills to make appropriate illustrations for an original story, and
  • should have transferred these to a digital form for processing to produce a bound, illustrated original children's book.

Assessment

Illustrated children's book (3200 words equivalent): 80%
Visual journal (800 words equivalent): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Harold Breidahl

Synopsis

In this unit students will engage deeply with their marine and coastal environment. Given that 70% of Australians live in a coastal environment, this is a particularly important unit and opportunity to understand, engage and participate in these special marine and coastal places (all the while in an educational framework). Engaging students in the places that they live is imperative to effective teaching and learning, and this unit allows students to do so through applying a school-based learning approach. Students will also participate in fieldwork experiences off campus, in addition to an overnight camp. While this unit prepares students in marine and coastal education (and more broadly environmental education), it also provides a solid basis in applying interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary curriculum frameworks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  • developed a solid understanding of marine and coastal issues on the Mornington Peninsula and in the southern shores of Australia;
  • experienced diverse marine and coastal environments on the Mornington Peninsula and surrounding areas;
  • formed an appreciation for the marine and coastal environment;
  • designed, implemented and evaluated educational experiences within the area of marine and coastal education; and
  • developed an understanding of applying interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary curriculum frameworks in teaching and learning through marine and coastal education (and more broadly environmental education).

Assessment

Marine and Coastal Issues Assignment (1600 words equivalent): 40%
Curriculum Materials Assignment and participation in the Environment and Marine Education Fair (2400 words equivalent): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hrs per week, one overnight camp and participation in the Environment and Marine Education Fair in Week 13.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Dyson

Synopsis

Hardware and software associated with the use of microcomputers in educational settings. Topics include software licensing requirements, access and equity, and keyboard skills related to the planning and management of teaching and learning. Students examine school policy documents in educational computing and plan a unit of work focusing on the integration of microcomputer software in learning activities. Students use major applications (word processing, databases, spread sheets, and communications software) in locating resources, analysing information and presenting reports.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit you should:

  • be able to identify the key features of recent policy initiatives about the use of ICTs in teaching and learning; and identify, and
  • critically comment on the rationales presented for using new technologies in teaching and learning.

Assessment

Essay (2400 words, 60%)
Folio of practical activities (1600 words, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms TerriAnne Philpott

Synopsis

This unit provides students in both undergraduate and postgraduate programs the opportunity to develop their theoretical underpinnings of curriculum developments in physical education and health. Historical, social, participatory and contemporary discourses and their influence on curriculum development will be examined, via readings, online discussions and face-to-face seminars. The implications of recent state and national curriculum development will be undertaken through reviews of these documents (eg CSFII, VELS) and through recent research and current practices in the field.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • understand current national and state curriculum frameworks for Physical Education and Health;
  • review and critique Physical Education and Health curriculum changes;
  • demonstrate their ability to plan, implement and evaluate current practices of a specific area within the Physical Education and Health curriculum,
  • select effective teaching practices that support development of curriculum outcomes.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 (1000 words): 25%
Assessment Task 2 (3000 words): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jill Brown (Clayton); Dr Michael Dyson (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit will further develop students' skills and understanding of positive learning environments and effective classroom management. The unit will focus on understanding classroom relationships and the connection between learning and behaviour, and positive learning environments and relationships. It will cover the causes of challenging behaviours and ways to respond in preventative and reactive, and ethical and professional, ways. Students will examine their own beliefs about classroom relations and develop strategies to respond to the learning needs of students with potentially challenging behaviours and to better manage the situations that can give rise to such behaviours.

Outcomes

In the process of studying this unit students are expected to:

  1. understand the relationship between positive learning environments and relationships and classroom behaviour
  2. examine their own beliefs about classroom relations and professional and ethical issues surrounding their interactions with students
  3. understand the medical, ecological, organisational and relationship factors that can influence students' learning and behaviour
  4. develop an awareness of the effects on learning and behaviour of conditions such as learning disabilities, learning difficulties, mental health conditions and conduct disorders
  5. understand the impact of these on students' cognitive, social and emotional well-being
  6. develop a repertoire of effective behaviour management strategies including problem-solving and relationship-building skills with students
  7. learn to work effectively with students, their families and other professionals in meeting the broader needs of students.

Assessment

A case study (1,500 words; 40%) and a project plan (2,500 words or equivalent; 60%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours contact per week or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit introduces pre-service undergraduate students to the key concepts and practical applications of curriculum, curriculum theory and curricular assessment and evaluation, in Prep to Year 10 classroom contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • understand the basic principles of curriculum theory
  • understand how to develop curriculum material across academic disciplines
  • write curriculum with and for diverse communities and learners
  • write curriculum that serves the ends of social justice for all, and particularly for disadvantaged student populations and school communities
  • understand how to put in place and run assessment and evaluation systems to gauge the effectiveness of such curriculum
  • evaluate, critique and redesign existing curricular content across academic disciplines
  • develop connections to and affinities towards professional, community-based, regional, national and international educational curriculum organisations and movements.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Portfolio of task, equivalent to 2000 words (50%)
Assessment Task 2: Successful completion of practicum. Pass Grade Only (50%)

Contact hours

2 contact hours per week with a further minimum 10 hours of self-directed study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit investigates the ethical dimensions of teachers' work. It explores Victorian and national codes of conduct and ethics, and critically examines what constitutes ethical practice in education. Students examine the ethical use of technologies in school environments, and understand the complex ethical obligations and issues that characterise student-teacher and parent-teacher relationships, including the issue of duty of care. Students examine literature that explores ethical understandings for teachers and how this might impact on teaching ethically in primary and secondary schools. Students examine their personal beliefs and practices in relation to the literature and to experiences during their professional placement.

Outcomes

At the end of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify the main dimensions of ethical practice for teachers as represented in policy documents and the literature, so that they meet legislative, administrative and organisational requirements
  2. articulate their own beliefs and practices in response to the literature and practicum experiences
  3. examine their own teaching practice in relation to ethical dilemmas and issues arising in their local context
  4. teach in ways that meet professional ethics and responsibilities, including engagement with parents and care-givers and ethical engagement with technologies.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Fieldwork placement
Assessment task 2: Digital poster and tutorial presentation (equivalent 2000 words, PGO)

Contact hours

2 contact hours per week with a further minimum 10 hours of self-directed study per week.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach history as either a stand-alone discipline or as an identifiable component of an integrated program in schools or wider education settings. The unit develops capable history educators who will be competent to work globally in diverse education settings and locations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • develop their learners' life, career, leisure and study skills through the knowledge, skills, values, attitudes and behaviours associated specifically with the study of history
  • locate, create, use and evaluate history education resources in diverse forms incorporating diverse perspectives
  • articulate the research underpinnings of pedagogical models common to history education, such as inquiry methodology, and enact effectively such models in diverse learning settings
  • cater to learners' different needs through inclusive strategies and engaging and diverse teaching, learning and assessment activities, such as those in keeping with multiple intelligences theory
  • develop learners' abilities to demonstrate problem-solving capabilities in a variety of ways, including creatively and collaboratively
  • facilitate learners' identification of links, similarities and differences between the past and the present and between the experiences of different cultures in different locations
  • develop learners' empathy, values, attitudes and behaviours consistent with informed and positive local and global citizenship.

Assessment

One documented class presentation (50%) and one written research-based assignment (50%)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week with a further minimum 9 hours of self-directed study per week.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit supports students to expand their understanding of Indigenous education by focusing on developing the student's pedagogical approach to the education of Indigenous students including an examination of the impact of history, the potential of curriculum for retention and maintenance of Indigenous knowledge in mainstream education, and the impact of government policies on Indigenous education outcomes.
Using teaching practicum experiences, an extensive literature, and an array of teaching and learning resources, students develop skills and insights into how they can engage Indigenous learners and create successful school-community partnerships that improve academic outcomes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  • have an understanding of the terms 'Aboriginal', 'Indigenous' and 'traditional' as they pertain to education
  • understand government policies past and present as they pertain to the education of Indigenous peoples and the place of Indigenous education in mainstream education systems
  • become aware of issues pertaining to the retention and maintenance of Indigenous and non-Western traditional knowledge through curriculum development initiatives
  • demonstrate the ability to use this knowledge when developing a pedagogical approach, Indigenous educational content in the area of expertise, appropriate assessment tasks, and a robust evaluation framework to improve professional practice.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork trip to Bunjilaka, Victoria Museum or Koorie Heritage Trust

Assessment

Task 1: Essay (50%) and Task 2: Experiential learning activity (50%)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week with a further minimum 9 hours of self-directed study per week.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit explores the role of practical and experiential learning in secondary education as a pedagogic intervention and strategy that engages students in learning through practical pedagogies. It draws upon ideas and practices associated with crafts and craft knowledge and skill in ways that provide a basis for teachers to work with students to build and extend student engagements in school learning. Schooling experiences often involve making things, putting things together, organising ideas and developing capabilities to support student thinking and taking decisive action. Students as pre-service teachers are provided with the knowledge and capacities to understand and implement practical education and learning experiences to secondary students. The unit is organised around the three core threshold concepts of making as thinking, doing as learning and knowing through practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • design and implement school learning experiences that involve making things as a key strategy for engaging students in learning
  • plan learning and assessment options that develop student practical skills and abilities
  • identify the appropriate practical learning experiences that stimulate and reinforce productive engagement in schooling.

Assessment

Task 1: Essay (2000 words): 50% ; and Task 2: Practical Learning Project (2000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hours per week with a further minimum 10 hours of self-directed study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit is intended to enable students to develop their understanding of, and capacity for, developing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy across a range of subject areas, appreciating the importance of language and literacy in schooling and students' learning. It explores a range of theoretical perspectives on the learning and teaching of literacy, with respect to curriculum and pedagogy in Years 7 to 10 of secondary schooling. Current policy environments are also examined in order to understand how these currently mediate teachers' work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • critically reflect upon their beliefs, ethical approaches and experiences of language and literacy learning in secondary schools in relation to theoretical ideas of literacy learning in the middle years
  • demonstrate their understanding of a range of effective and inclusive teaching strategies for literacy in the middle years, including approaches to planning, assessment and reporting
  • explore issues related to integration of English language and literacy learning across different curriculum areas
  • develop an understanding of recent language and literacy policy on curriculum, pedagogy, assessment including national testing, national curriculum and teacher professional standards
  • become competent in the use of a range of ICTs in accessing relevant research literature, in accessing and developing teaching resources and strategies, and in presenting evidence of their own learning in the area of literacy.

Assessment

Task 1: Written essay (equivalent 2000 words): 50%; and Task 2: Planning (equivalent 2000 words): 50%

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week with a further minimum 9 hours of self-directed study per week.

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This 6-point unit extends students' knowledge, skills and attitudes about teaching and learning in secondary schools in the learning area of mathematics. The focus will be on the effective teaching of the secondary school (up to grade 10) content strands of number and algebra, measurement and geometry, and statistics and probability, such that learners develop and sharpen their understanding, fluency, problem-solving and reasoning capacities. Students' pedagogical consideration of secondary school mathematics topics will be facilitated in relation to the use of graphics calculators and other learning technologies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should:

  • have developed techniques to plan for and manage the effective teaching of secondary school concepts and skills of the various content strands of number and algebra, measurement and geometry, and statistics and probability
  • be confident about planning and facilitating a range of mathematics/numeracy learning activities which develop and enhance student understanding, fluency, problem solving and reasoning
  • be able to understand the needs of diverse groups of students (including students with different abilities, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students, refugee students, immigrant students, and minority students), consider the range of factors that can influence learning outcomes, and employ strategies to facilitate their learning
  • be able to harness ICT (eg interactive whiteboards, tablet PCs, web 2.0) and calculator (eg graphics calculators, CAS) learning technologies, as well as related software (eg Mathematica), in their teaching repertoire
  • be able to select and use a variety of assessment techniques to evaluate student learning in mathematics
  • be able to identify and discuss a range of pedagogical issues (eg student affect, the evaluation and improvement of teaching programs, professional learning) in secondary mathematics education, and to apply research skills to produce innovative responses.

Assessment

Task 1: Analysis of learners' difficulty with a chosen mathematical topic (2000 words, 50%); and Task 2: Evaluation of two teachers' mathematics pedagogical strategies (2000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week with a further minimum 9 hours of self-directed study per week.

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Judy Williams (Peninsula); Dr Margaret Plunkett (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit locates students in the life and culture of the school. It will prepare them for their professional practice by giving them the opportunities to plan and implement whole programs, design and manage learning environments, and develop professional relationships with students, other colleagues, parents and the wider community. Utilising information and communication technologies, in planning for and delivering sessions forms part of this unit. The professional placement enables the students to refine and research their own practice and recognise what constitutes best practice in the profession.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. plan, implement and evaluate learning programs;
  2. design and manage learning environments;
  3. develop professional relationships with students;
  4. liaise with colleagues, parents and community bodies; and
  5. document their professional learning and experience.

Fieldwork

20 days Double degrees; 20 days Bachelor of Primary Education (Gipps and Pen);Middle school option 5 days (plus 15 days to be done in secondary setting)

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Successful completion of placement and allied tasks (2,000 words, 50%); and
Assessment task 2: A portfolio (equivalent to 2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

This is a professional experience unit. It requires students to do up to 20 days of professional placement. Only a limited number of seminar days and in-school tutorials should be incorporated

Prohibitions

Prohibited combinations: EDF4105 and EDF5110


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Judy Williams (Peninsula); Dr Margaret Plunkett (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit students will gain confidence to enter the teaching profession. It will provide them opportunities to engage with every facet of the culture and professional life of teaching. Students will engage in reflective conversations with their peers and identify their strengths and what they contribute to the educational community, as well as to engage in professional learning. They will research and refine an aspect of their professional practice, continue to document their professional experiences and learning through their professional portfolio and recognise the significance of ICT for Teaching and learning in the 21st century.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. plan, implement and evaluate learning programs;
  2. design and manage learning environments;
  3. develop professional relationships with students, colleagues, parents and community bodies;
  4. document their professional learning and experience in their professional portfolio; and
  5. research, refine and document an aspect of their professional learning and experience.

Fieldwork

20 days placement. Middle school option 5 days (+ 15 days to be done in secondary setting)

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Successful completion of placement and allied tasks (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: A Portfolio (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

This is a professional experience unit. It requires students to do up to 20 days of professional placement. Only a limited number of seminar days and in-school tutorials should be incorporated

Prerequisites

EDF4311 Professional Contexts 1

Prohibitions

EDF4106, EDF5111


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Adam Bertram (Gippsland); Dr Judy Williams (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to enter the profession. They will continue to develop their ability to become reflective professionals monitoring their own thoughts and actions. They will gain an understanding of employment opportunities, processes and organisational and work conditions. Students will understand the importance of emotional, physical, social and spiritual wellbeing. They will learn strategies to balance work and life commitments. They will have a conscious understanding of themselves as professionals, their relationships with others and the importance of continuing their professional learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. continue to be reflective professionals;
  2. be confident in the ways to seek employment;
  3. apply strategies to manage their own wellbeing and see the significance of others; and
  4. understand and be able to articulate who they are as professionals entering the profession.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Managing Wellbeing (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Multimodal Autobiography (2,000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours (max) per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosemary Bennett

Synopsis

In this unit students will critically examine principles, practices and issues of health and wellbeing. They will explore how society and culture influence community practices, legal and quality assurance requirements relating to the health and wellbeing of children and adults in early childhood settings. The unit will prepare students with strategies to maintain high quality health, safety and nutritional standards in children's services and to balance work and life commitments through emotional, physical, social and spiritual self-care.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the importance of maintaining healthy lifestyles for staff and children;
  2. appreciate a range of perspectives on health and wellbeing;
  3. manage health and safety routines in early childhood settings according to appropriate laws and regulations;
  4. reflect on the implications of child health and safety issues in early childhood educational and care settings, and
  5. apply strategies to manage their own wellbeing.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Essay (2000 words 50%)
Assessment task 2: Tutorial presentation and/or diagrammatic map (2000 words or equivalent, 50% )

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Term 1 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joseph Agbenyega

Synopsis

The socio-cultural/historical concepts of learning and development of children aged from birth to 12 years, including medical concepts of disability and special additional needs, will be explored. The policy and practical implications of learning and inclusion for teaching will feature, with particular emphasis on good practice and strategies that may be introduced to assist children and their families from varying cultural backgrounds.

Outcomes

As a result of studying this unit students are expected to be able to:

  1. increase their knowledge and understanding of typical and atypical trajectories of learning and development in the early years;
  2. increase their knowledge and understanding of the policy and practice within early years practice and to explore ways to include children with special education needs;
  3. gain insight into ways in which children, particularly those with special education needs, are supported to maximize their learning potentials through collaboration with parents from varying cultural backgrounds; and
  4. explore various conceptual and theoretical perspectives about learning, development, disability, and special needs and to engage in case studies that exemplify the application of theoretical ideas and practice.

Fieldwork

Nil

Assessment

Assessment 1: Seminar presentation and supporting documentation (1600 words, 40%) Assessment 2: Case study (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to 3 contact hours (max) per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning. On campus classes do not run during teaching practicum.

Prohibitions

EDF5413 Family studies


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Term 2 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Singapore Term 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Robyn Babaeff (on-campus & Term 2 off-campus, Peninsula); Dr Liang Li (Term 4 off-campus, Singapore)

Synopsis

This unit will examine the contexts for professional life as well as the identities, roles, and responsibilities of a contemporary early childhood professional. It will address the broader dimensions of being a contemporary early childhood professional including service management, professional leadership, research, advocacy, professional ethics, networking, career development and working effectively in the broader community. The notions of the 'learned professional' and the 'ethics of care', which require commitments to ethical relationships, pedagogical knowledge, critical thinking and intellectual engagement will underpin the way the unit is conceptualised. Consideration will be given to topics related to human and material resources management, service development and marketing.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject, students should have:

  1. an appreciation of, and the ability to respond to, the complex roles and responsibilities which are integral to the life and identities of an early childhood professional
  2. an understanding of the importance of mandated requirements and the range of issues related to the effective management and administration of Early Childhood services.
  3. an understanding of the ethical dilemmas and commitments inherent in early childhood education
  4. an awareness of the professional networks, resources, and agencies which are available to support the work of early childhood professionals
  5. the skills required to work effectively in partnership with team members, parents and other professionals in the field.

Fieldwork

Nil

Assessment

Assignment 1: Service Report (1600 words, 40%)
This will be a report related to an area of management of an early childhood service and will replicate an activity that can reasonably be expected of a manager of an early childhood service.
Assignment 2: Project report (2400 words, 60%)
This will be a research project related to a current issue in the early childhood field and the role of the early childhood professional as an advocate, leader within that context.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to 3 contact hours (max) per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.

Prohibitions

EDF4502, EDF4506


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Denise Chapman

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to enter the early childhood education profession. They will continue to develop their ability to become reflective professionals monitoring their own thoughts and actions. They will gain an understanding of employment opportunities, processes and organisational and work conditions. Students will understand the importance of emotional, physical, social and spiritual wellbeing. They will learn strategies to balance work and life commitments. They will have a conscious understanding of themselves as professionals, their relationships with others and the importance of continuing their professional learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. continue to be reflective professionals;
  2. be confident in the ways to seek employment;
  3. apply strategies to manage their own wellbeing and see the significance of others; and
  4. understand and be able to articulate who they are as professionals entering the profession.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Managing wellbeing (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Multimodal autobiography (2,000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF5411


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hanan Sukkar

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the planning, implementation, and evaluation of high-quality, play-based curricula in kindergarten settings. Students will develop skills in integrating a range of curriculum domains, with an emphasis on early literacy and numeracy. The unit also provides an overview of early childhood curriculum frameworks locally and nationally, in the context of wider curriculum theory. Students will develop strategies for observing and assessing children's learning as a basis for planning, and pedagogical tools to assist in communicating with parents, and for curriculum planning and evaluation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. systematically observe, assess, and plan for the learning of young children;
  2. identify key elements of curriculum frameworks in early childhood education;
  3. implement and evaluate integrated curriculum experiences with individuals, and small and large groups, across a range of curriculum domains; and
  4. make systematic links between culture, community, family and individual issues in their teaching practice.

Fieldwork

15 days for BECEd; 25 days for GradDip(EC)

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Pedagogical tool kit (equivalent to 1600 words, 40%)
Assessment task 2: Successful completion of professional placement (equivalent to 2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF5410


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Term 1 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Peninsula Term 3 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Liang Li (Term 1 off-campus, Peninsula); Dr Hilary Monk (Second Semester, on-campus Peninsula & Term 3 off-campus, Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit is principally comprised of up to 45 days of professional placement in prior-to-school settings, supported by regular in-centre tutorial sessions during block placements.

Outcomes

  1. foster professional relationships with children, families, and colleagues;
  2. systematically plan and implement curricular practices that draw on explicit links to children's experiences in their families and communities;
  3. effectively manage children's activities in the early childhood setting; and
  4. collaborate with professional colleagues to assess their own personal professional learning and development.

Fieldwork

25 days Bachelor of Early Childhood Education 30 days Grad Dip Ed (plus15 days for students who don't have a recognised prior ECE qualification

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Professional portfolio (equivalent to 1600 words, 40%)
Assessment task 2: Successful completion of professional placement (equivalent to 2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF5412


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Singapore Term 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Iris Duhn (Peninsula); Associate Professor Shane Phillipson (Singapore)

Synopsis

In this unit students work collaboratively with other students and/or staff on projects where practice informs research. Through critical analysis of previous and concurrent units students will plan, conduct, and evaluate a form of teacher research. This research takes place in an educational context and findings will be reported back to participants or other professionals interested in the ways that practice informs research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. gain an understanding of how practice can inform research;
  2. critically analyse personal research practices in relation to global educational contexts (i.e., context unit), and
  3. develop leadership and mentoring skills for the field of education around the co-construction of practice informing research and research informing practice.

Assessment

Assessment task 1:Research plan (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2:Teacher research in an educational setting (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Avis Ridgway

Synopsis

Play has been traditionally viewed as an important pedagogical approach for early childhood education in most European heritage communities. However, in recent years broader and different and more culturally inclusive research has been undertaken to show how play is culturally constructed. In this unit, students will examine research which calls into question the taken for granted theories of play that have informed the work of early childhood professionals and be provided with new and different contexts to think about in relation to how play is defined and theorized. In addition, students will consider the cultural ways in which children in contemporary society play and live in their communities. Importantly, students will undertake an analysis of the contemporary theories of play, noting the research upon which particular theories are based, examining cross-cultural variations, popular culture, gendered interactions and critiquing the range of play contexts that children find themselves today. Students will be supported in their work through observing children, undertaking analyses, and through re-theorising play.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the importance of play as a pedagogical construct;
  2. critically analyse the assumptions and research base underpinning the range of theoretical perspectives of play enacted locally, nationally and internationally;
  3. investigate the social construction of play in a range of cross-cultural contexts;
  4. analyse the use of observations of children as a mechanism to evaluate children's play; and
  5. creatively explore the principles of play as a construct for learning in schools, centres and homes.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Data collection and multimedia presentation (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Concept diagram and action plan (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF5409


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

Accounting Education builds on the knowledge, skills and behaviours learned in the first semester Business Education unit and explores relevant issues, pedagogy and professional requirements essential for teachers of Accounting and related studies in the twenty first century classroom. Students will explore the Victorian Certificate of Education (VCE) Accounting Study Design as an exemplar of course requirements associated with the teaching and learning of Accounting and related studies at the post compulsory level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate sound knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of Accounting and related subjects
  2. select and evaluate appropriate Accounting teaching and learning resources
  3. motivate and engage students in their learning of Accounting and associated studies
  4. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of accounting and associated studies
  5. use a range of teaching styles, procedures and technologies appropriate to best practice teaching and learning of Accounting and associated studies
  6. use assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning Accounting program and the learning needs of students
  7. use a variety of assessment and reporting methods to regularly monitor student learning progress.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment Task 1: Assessment folio (1,000 words; 25%); Assessment Task 2: Learning and Teaching Plan (unit of work) including reflection (3,000 words; 75%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in accounting, Level 3, undergraduate degree, or by special permission, EDF4111 Business education

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5493 Accounting education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Mrs Jacqueline Macreadie

Synopsis

The unit is designed to prepare students to teach Biology in secondary settings both as a specialist senior (Years 11 & 12) subject and within the general science curriculum (Years 7-10). The unit provides an introduction to Biology education as a specialist field that is based on the knowledge and ideas important for learners to know in order to equip them to become biologically literate citizens and to inspire an interest in, and enjoyment of, the natural world.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and interpret the language, methods and major ideas useful in contemporary Biology teaching in post primary settings
  2. access and develop a range of effective teaching approaches in Biology education that may be suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds of students
  3. access and build pedagogical content knowledge through a focus on developing understanding of the relationships between content, context and pedagogical approach
  4. interpret, critique and implement curriculum documents related to teaching Biology in secondary contexts
  5. develop technical competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Report: (2,000 words; 50%); and Assessment task 2: Written report (2,000 words; 50%). This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in biological sciences (anatomy, physiology, microbiology, botany, zoology not biochemistry or pharmacology, EDF4113 General science education or EDF5462

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5463 Biology education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the relationships between learning and teaching in chemistry. Teaching strategies and contexts for use in chemistry classes in Years 7 to 12 will be explored. Methods for assessing and monitoring student learning in chemistry will be introduced. The relationship between science, technology and society, the cultural context for chemistry and the relevance of chemistry to students' lives will be a focus of this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. set appropriate Chemistry content for Years 7 - 12 that takes into account the intelligibility, plausibility and fruitfulness of this content
  2. use appropriate contexts for the teaching of Chemistry content that accounts for the experiences, social and cultural backgrounds of their students
  3. demonstrate appropriate teaching strategies and support resources (human and material) for teaching Chemistry
  4. select and use a range of teaching procedures that will foster motivation and purposeful, independent learning in their students
  5. show critical understanding of the curriculum and pedagogy of Chemistry
  6. develop a philosophy for what Chemistry teaching means
  7. develop an appreciation for the relationship between science, technology and society and the cultural context for Chemistry
  8. be aware of the barriers raised by traditional science and Chemistry curricula
  9. value the practice of real world Chemistry
  10. develop as professionals who are knowledgeable, skilful, flexible, and compassionate in their practice and who are guided by a sense of social and ethical responsibility.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Chemistry Reflective Teaching Portfolio (2,000 words, 50%); and Assessment task 2: Chemistry Curriculum Research Project (2,000 words, 50%). This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in either Chemistry or Biochemistry and EDF4113 General Science Education or EDF5464

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5465 Chemistry education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Ms Anita Forsyth

Synopsis

This unit builds on the knowledge, skills and behaviours learned in the first semester EDF4111 Business Education unit and explores relevant issues, pedagogy and professional requirements essential for teachers of Economics in the twenty-first century classroom. Pre-service teachers will explore the Victorian Certificate of Education (VCE) Economics Study Design as an exemplar of course requirements associated with the teaching and learning of Economics at the post compulsory level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to;

  1. demonstrate sound knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of economics and related studies;
  2. select and evaluate appropriate economics teaching and learning resources;
  3. motivate and engage students in their learning of economics;
  4. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students;
  5. use a range of teaching styles, procedures and technologies appropriate to best practice teaching and learning of economics;
  6. use assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to a teaching and learning program related to economics and to the learning needs of students; and
  7. use a variety of assessment and reporting methods to regularly monitor student learning progress.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Assessment folio (1,000 words; 25%) Assessment task 2: Learning and Teaching Plan (unit of work) including reflection (3,000 words; 75%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 (max) contact hours per week, 9 hours private study

Off-campus attendance requirements

12 hours per week, including interaction with materials provided in the Study Guide,
readings and completion of set tasks. As students will preferably be completing some teaching practicum during the semester this unit is studied, workload is reduced during the weeks of placement.

Prerequisites

A minor sequence (two years of study) in Economics, and EDF 4111

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5435 Economics education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Bulfin (Clayton); Professor Simone White (Gippsland)

Synopsis

EDF4406 English Education is a six point curriculum specialism unit, which enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their professional learning as teachers of English, literature, literacy and related subjects in secondary school (Years 7-12). Students develop their capabilities in developing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy in these curriculum areas. Through an examination of the national policy and various State-based curricula, students are familiarised with current developments in English literacy education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on their beliefs, ethical practices and experiences in regard to subject English and in regard to their teaching of this subject
  2. competently use a variety of communication strategies in different modes and in different teaching and learning contexts
  3. actively participate in professional conversations about issues pertinent to English education
  4. evaluate their own experiences of teaching English in schools and/or other settings
  5. design and publish text-related tasks and artefacts for students in schools and plan accompanying professional learning activities that could be used with peers and/or professional colleagues in schools.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: An evaluative piece focusing on the teaching of writing (2,000 words; 50%); Assessment task 2: Development of curriculum materials (and professional learning activities) related to the teaching of text (2,000 words equivalent; 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Scott Bulfin (Clayton)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Level 3, undergraduate degree, or by special permission, and at least a minor sequence in 'English literature' or 'Literary studies', or a minor sequence in 'Writing' together with a part in 'English literature' or 'Literary studies' , and must have passed in EDF4112 English language and literacy education or EDF5436

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5437 English Education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This unit is designed to prepare specialist Geography teachers. It builds on the concepts introduced in EDF4118. It will develop students' understanding of current trends in geographical education and how these impact on school-based and post-compulsory curriculum in Geography. Studies will include further approaches to teaching and learning in geography and ways of assessing students' understanding of geographical knowledge and skills. Studies will also include the use and development of information and communication technologies.

Outcomes

As a result of studying this unit students are expected to:

  1. understand the scope and purpose of school Geography
  2. plan, resource, teach and assess Geography lessons and field activities
  3. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7-10 and the post compulsory Years 11 and 12
  4. access, use and evaluate the role of Information and Communication Technologies in Geographic education
  5. respond to current ideas about how students learn and apply them in their Geography classes
  6. understand the role of Geography both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum
  7. understand the role of Geographic education in Civics and Citizenship Education.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment Task 1: Design of fieldwork activity, linked to appropriate curriculum documents (1,500 words or equivalent; 35%); Assessment Task 2: A unit of work, linked to appropriate curriculum documents, devised for students in Years 7-10 (2,500 words or equivalent; 65%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Minor sequence in Geography, and EDF4118 Social and environmental education

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5441 Geography Education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalie Triolo

Synopsis

EDF4408 History education introduces the teaching and learning of History as a stand-alone discipline or rigorous component of an integrated Humanities program in either secondary school or historio-cultural wider education settings. Whilst History education remains mindful of the requirements of the Victorian Essential Learning Standards and Victorian Certificate of Education, the unit assumes responsibility for developing competent 'specialist' History educators who will work in diverse education settings and global locations with equally diverse History program documents and learners.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop their learners' historical knowledge;
  2. facilitate learners' identification of links, similarities and differences between the past and the present and the histories of different locations
  3. facilitate learners' predictions of possible futures on the basis of the above and consideration of how best to achieve preferred futures for the greater good;
  4. develop learners' life, career, leisure and wider study skills and interest in lifelong learning through the knowledge, skills, values, attitudes and behaviours associated specifically with the study of History;
  5. develop learners' abilities to demonstrate problem-solving capabilities in a variety of ways, including creatively; and
  6. develop learners' values, attitudes and behaviours consistent with informed and positive global citizenship.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: A History Resource Guide (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%); Assessment task 2:. A History Unit Outline (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Minor sequence in History, EDF4118 Social and environmental education

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5443 History Education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide a secondary teacher education specialism in health that has two foci: 1) on health education in the school context: and 2) developing teaching and learning in health for years 11 and 12. Study in this unit is underscored by the need to develop an understanding of the complex nature of health as part of a social model and the methods for teaching related fields in science, education, society and politics in terms of the interrelationship of individuals and groups throughout the lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a study plan in Health and Health education that elicits a deep and detailed knowledge pool for the purpose of teaching
  2. critically analyse the importance of literacy, numeracy and oracy in the development of curriculum and pedagogy in Health education
  3. distinguish between knowledge acquisition and knowledge facilitation in Health education
  4. develop a critical position with respect to personal and cultural values as a construct of health
  5. design units of study pertaining to Health education for students in Year 11 or 12
  6. explore the use of health informatics through multi-media.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Curriculum and pedagogy task (2,000 words; 50%); Assessment task 2: Oral exam (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%).

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in health studies covering Health, Human Development, Family and Nutrition; and EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5491 Health education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Mr Michael Phillips

Synopsis

The unit will be based on a number of broad objectives which will enable successful students to understand the scope of Information Technology education at the senior secondary levels including the issues of technology facilitated learning. It will further develop students' knowledge of the methods and teaching styles appropriate for information technology learning at all levels of secondary education. Students will gain familiarity with the resources and facilities available to the information technology teacher, and gain experience with the different ways in which information technology can be structured in schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop knowledge and understandings about appropriate teaching strategies for teaching and assessing technology at the senior levels in secondary schools
  2. develop skills of teaching and class management appropriate to the area of technology
  3. design and present projects as the major teaching and learning strategy for technology
  4. devise, organise and implement suitable programs of technology for each level of secondary schooling
  5. devise and implement procedures for assessing pupils' work in technology
  6. develop attitudes in valuing technology as an important new area of learning
  7. develop a commitment to the continued development and improvement of technology
  8. develop both an instrumental and critical appreciation of technology.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Teaching Portfolio (1,000 words; 20%); Assessment task 2: Documentation and Report (3,000 words; 80%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in computer studies of information technology, and EDF4115 Information, communication technologies and new media.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5457 Information technology/computing education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Synopsis

This unit builds on the basic underlying principles of foreign/second language education studied in Second Language Pedagogy. It incorporates a theoretical framework which underpins ways of approaching the teaching and learning of languages in monolingual and multilingual educational settings and focuses on a variety of techniques and strategies to trial with a range of language learners. The unit introduces pre-service teachers to current local and international curriculum documents and assessment requirements for languages.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. enable pre-service teachers in second/foreign languages to plan for and implement lessons in their language which engage learners and develop their cognitive, creative and linguistic skills
  2. evaluate existing commercial materials for their language
  3. demonstrate basic understanding of current curriculum frameworks and assessment requirements for languages
  4. plan interdisciplinary units of work which reflect their understanding of how communication and intercultural knowledge develop through classroom teaching and learning activities
  5. make effective use of ICT in language programs
  6. plan effective assessment tasks, both formative and summative, for secondary school language learners
  7. use a range of learning materials, including games, songs, multimedia, to develop lexical and grammatical knowledge of secondary school language learners.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: A written critical evaluation (2,000 words; 50%); Assessment task 2: Development of an integrated unit of work (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A major sequence (Post Year 12) in Chinese, French, German, Greek, Italian, Indonesian, Hebrew, Japanese or Korean plus proficiency in spoken and written language, and EDF4117 Second language pedagogy. Native speakers of the language may seek a statement of equivalence from a Victorian University, to verify that they meet the standard of a post year 12 major study.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5487


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Synopsis

This unit provides pre-service languages teachers with an overview of and general rationale for the teaching of a LOTE in primary schools. Students will consider a range of factors that impact on the establishment of a P-6 LOTE program and the integration of such a program within the larger school curriculum. The focus is mostly practical, emphasising the importance of planning and sequencing lessons. It builds skills in the development of integrated units of work and emphasises the importance of cross curricular planning involving classroom teachers. The course covers strategies for teaching in a range of primary school settings and primary language programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Familiarize themselves with current language curriculum developments and their primary school pedagogical implications;
  2. Develop awareness of the needs and interests of different student groupings in the primary school setting;
  3. Develop lesson plans with clearly expressed objectives and appropriate sequencing of exercises and activities;
  4. Design a variety of ways of developing the four macro-skills for communication individually and in combination;
  5. Explore various strategies for monitoring and reporting on students' progress in language learning;
  6. Develop a unit of work which encompasses strategies for a multi-level class and incorporates intercultural knowledge; and
  7. Use their understandings about second language acquisition to reflect critically on their fieldwork experience.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Develop an integrated unit of work (2,000 words, 50%); Assessment task 2: An oral and written annotated bibliography of language classroom materials and resources, and of alternative approaches to teaching and learning in primary school language programs (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

EDF4117 or EDF 5486 or EDF5488, A post-year 12 major in a language or its equivalent.

Co-requisites

EDF4411. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5489 Languages other than English (LOTE) education 2B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This curriculum specialism unit is designed for students in the Graduate Diploma of Education and Bachelor of Education courses. It provides an introduction to the relationships between the teaching and learning of law-related education at secondary school level. Teaching strategies for VCE Legal Studies and Years 7 to 10 law-related topics will be explored. A number of practical activities will be undertaken during this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan lessons to engage and motivate students with a range of abilities and interests
  2. employ and develop a range of teaching and learning strategies in an effective manner
  3. develop units of work and appropriate strategies to deliver these units
  4. select, draw on and evaluate a range of major text, non-text and electronic resources available to teachers and students
  5. design and employ accountable, flexible processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  6. reflect on issues and trends in law-related education.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Report. (1000 words; 25%); Assessment task 2: Teaching Package (3000 words or equivalent; 75%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in legal studies, and EDF4111 Business education or EDF5432

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5433 Legal studies education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Ms Hazel Tan (On-campus & Off-campus, Clayton)

Synopsis

In this unit students will be introduced to a range of issues associated with being a secondary Mathematics teacher. Issues examined include: the use of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) in Mathematics, the learning and teaching of calculus and statistics and probability for senior students, how to assess student learning of mathematics, gender issues in the Mathematics classroom, how to cater for individual differences, and language and cultural dimensions in the learning of Mathematics.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. examine the Mathematics curriculum at all levels and its underpinning principles
  2. broaden their awareness of Mathematics as a subject to be learnt and to teach
  3. develop knowledge of appropriate teaching approaches and assessment methods for Mathematics
  4. explore the needs of various groups of students and consider the range of factors that can influence learning outcomes
  5. develop knowledge of the resources available to a teacher of Mathematics with an emphasis on the use of ICT
  6. further develop skills in planning Mathematics lessons
  7. learn about aspects of school Mathematics that they may not previously have encountered.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Computer/calculator task (20%); Teaching round portfolio (20%) (1600 words; 40%); Assessment task 2: Contexts and Issues in Secondary Mathematics (2,400 words; 60%: Presentation - 40%; Report - 20%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in mathematics (Statistics is acceptable provided it is taken within a Mathematics Department), and (EDF4116 Mathematics & numeracy education OR EDF5454).

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5455 Mathematics Education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Bleazby (Clayton, on-campus); TBA (Clayton, off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to prepare specialist teachers of Media Studies. It will develop students' understanding of current trends in Media education and investigate representation, narrative and ideologies in television, film, radio, print, the Internet and other media. Studies will include approaches to media production, children's media culture, media issues and critical readings within and outside the Media Studies curriculum. Students will draw upon their knowledge of these issues to design and implement sequential programs of lessons in Media Studies suitable for a range of levels and in accordance with the study design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the scope and purpose of Media Studies
  2. understand the role of Media Studies as a separate discipline and an integrated part of the curriculum
  3. understand how new media and technologies have impacted on education and the teaching of Media Studies
  4. develop the confidence and expertise to plan, resource, teach and assess Media Studies lessons
  5. develop units of work that meet the requirements of curriculum documents for years 7-10 and the post-compulsory years 11 and 12
  6. understand and implement the fundamental concepts of critical media literacy and its pedagogy
  7. understand and teach the critical vocabularies and analytical tools of Media Studies.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Conference Workshop on Teaching Media Studies (2,000 words; 50%); Assessment task 2: Teaching Portfolio (2,000 words; 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in media studies, drama, film, journalism or advertising; and EDF4112 English language and literature education

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5477 Media studies B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Ms Louise Jenkins (on-campus); Dr Renee Crawford (off-campus)

Synopsis

This 6 point unit in the Graduate Diploma of Education (Secondary Education) or a Bachelor of Education. It builds on the EDF4110 Arts Education. Music education 1 extends the consideration of curriculum design and implementation. This will encompass current curriculum frameworks and syllabi taught in Victorian educational settings, informed by important music education curricular approaches, such as Kodaly and Orff. There will be a focus on developing curricula for middle school elective music programs, such as music technology, film music, popular music, and multicultural music. Underpinning these will be the basic tenets of music education: audition, composition and performance.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. develop, prepare and evaluate effective learning episodes in school music education
  2. interpret, critique and implement curricula in which school music education is embedded
  3. understand the principles of composition, audition and performance as underpinning all effective school music education.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Analysis of learning context (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%). Assessment task 2: Unit of work (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A major sequence in music and appropriate practical skills (equivalent to AMEB Grade VI); and EDF4110 Arts education.

Co-requisites

EDF4418 Music education 2. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5451 Music education 1B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Renee Crawford (on-campus); Ms Louise Jenkins (off-campus)

Synopsis

Music education 2 introduces the most common musical instruments taught in class music education: the recorder, guitar and the keyboard laboratory. This will be informed by a consideration of influential music education curricular approaches, such as the Dalcroze and Suzuki methodologies and Alexander Technique and performance tension. There will also be a focus on school music ensembles and instrumental programs. Students will also undertake the development and presentation of a school musical or equivalent project.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. explore classroom instrumental techniques and their effective use in classroom teaching practices
  2. understand how school music ensembles and performances are successfully undertaken
  3. consider music educational approaches that support the school music program.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Analysis of learning context (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%). Assessment task 2: Unit of work (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A major sequence in music and appropriate practical skills (equivalent to AMEB Grade VI). EDF4418 Music 2 can only be taken in conjunction with EDF4417 Music 1.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5453 Music education 2B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Greg Lancaster (on-campus, Clayton) TBA (off-campus, Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to teach Physics in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Year 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of the unit is to introduce beginning teachers to a wide variety of teaching strategies, skills and techniques useful in the secondary classroom designed to assist and enhance student conceptual development and understanding of the subject.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. interpret, critique and implement the language, content and assessment methods in the senior Physics curriculum documents useful in contemporary physics teaching in post primary schools
  2. develop a capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their Physics knowledge using a range of appropriate methods, while encouraging purposeful and critical thinking in their students

3, access and develop a diverse range of effective teaching strategies useful in Physics and General Science education, and design engaging authentic tasks suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds of their prospective students

4. research for and design a unit of work suitable for teaching a topic from their local senior Physics curriculum and critically reflect on their own professional practice and its importance for effecting improvement

5. access and employ a variety of suitable assessment and monitoring procedures aimed at evaluating the effectiveness of students to meet the intended learning outcomes of the Physics curriculum framework.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO);
Assessment task 1A: Reflective journal and Discussion problems (1,200 words; 30%). Assessment task 1B: Multimedia task (800 words; 20%). Assessment task 2: Written assignment: (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in physics, EDF4113 General science education

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5467 Physics education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Stephen Keast (on-campus, Clayton); Associate Professor Bruce Waldrip (off-campus, Gippsland)

Synopsis

This is a 6 point unit for students undertaking the fourth year of Bachelor of Education/Graduate Diploma in Education (Secondary). This unit focuses on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. It provides students with opportunities to develop their science knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on their past, as well as providing new experiences. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of science
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about science into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding of the variety of assessment techniques available for use in science education classrooms
  4. explore ways of facilitating student's in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  5. evaluate and reflect on their past and present science education experiences
  6. develop, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching science.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Case study Evaluation: (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%). Assessment task 2: Assignment: (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in General Science, which includes at least two of Biology, Chemistry, Earth Science/Geology and Physics OR a minor sequence in Biology, Chemistry, Earth Science/Geology and Physics together with a part in another of these areas., and EDF4113 General science education or EDF 5458

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5459 Science education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Bleazby (Clayton), Assoc. Prof. T Taylor (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit aims to continue to prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable Social Education teachers through the development of understanding of further strategies and pedagogy appropriate for teaching Social Education studies in years 7 to 12. The major focus will be on Social Education subjects in the senior years of schooling and how the curriculum areas of Civics and Citizenship, Politics, International studies, Studies of Asia and Values Education are being developed in Australia and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. further develop appropriate strategies and techniques for teaching Social Education studies in any school setting
  2. devise, adapt, interpret and use curricula, units, and learning materials to enhance your classroom strategies in schools
  3. develop an understanding of teaching and learning in Social Education studies at the senior school level
  4. demonstrate an understanding of contemporary trends in Social Education teaching in Australia and internationally
  5. explore and develop effective ways of teaching and professional learning after pre-service teacher education.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); This unit will require students to complete two assignments closely connected to the objectives: Assessment task1: Reflective analysis of teaching and learning experiences (2.000 words; 50%). Assessment task 2: Development of a unit of work (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Minor sequence in Social Science (e.g. Anthropology, Cultural Studies, Economics, Environmental Studies, Geography, History, Legal Studies, Philosophy, Politics, Sociology together with a part in another of these areas of study); and EDF4118 Social and environmental education or EDF5444

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF 5445 Studies of society and environment (SOSE) education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Payne

Synopsis

This curriculum specialism unit aims to prepare students to teach outdoor education both in the field and in the classroom. The historical, philosophical and pedagogical foundations of outdoor education will be examined with a focus on teaching and curriculum unit development. A range of curriculum and pedagogical issues relevant to the delivery of outdoor education in schools via VCE Outdoor and Environmental Studies and outdoor education within Victorian Essential Learning Standards (VELS) will be examined. Students are expected to be able to demonstrate the ability to critically reflect upon their teaching practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. to plan curriculum units of study within a school setting
  2. implement effective strategies for classroom and field based teaching
  3. demonstrate knowledge of issues relating to the management and resourcing of the subject within a school setting
  4. demonstrate knowledge of the philosophical and historical development of Outdoor Education
  5. demonstrate knowledge of the VCE Outdoor and Environmental Studies and outdoor education within VELS
  6. develop an appreciation of the curriculum issues unique to Outdoor Education
  7. demonstrate the ability to critically reflect upon their teaching practices in Outdoor Education in a school environment.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Essay (2,000 words; 50%).Assessment task 2: Portfolio (2,000 words: 50%). Hurdle requirements: A minimum attendance requirement for classes of 80% for On-campus students.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

One year of study in Outdoor Education, which includes environmental studies and outdoor recreational activities, and (EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education or EDF5482)

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5483


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Trent Brown (off-campus, Peninsula)

Synopsis

This curriculum specialism unit prepares students to teach school physical education from Years 7-12. The unit will provide historical, philosophical and pedagogical foundations of physical education which will be examined through critically reflective inquiry of contemporary perspectives and paradigms of practice. Issues relevant to physical education such as embodied learning, teachers and teaching (e.g. fieldwork practice) and local and global curriculum (e.g. VELS, VCE) will be examined. This unit requires students to undertake a supervised teaching fieldwork placement.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of the philosophy, history and contemporary status of school physical education
  2. demonstrate knowledge of the VCE Physical Education and physical education within Victorian Essential Learning Standards (VELS)
  3. develop, design and plan curricula, units and lesson plans developmentally appropriate for Years 7-10 (VELS)/Years 11-12 (VCE)
  4. examine and critically reflect on local and global physical education curriculum documents, eg VELS, New Zealand HPE, British NCPE
  5. appreciate the complex interrelationships between school physical education, school/community sport, physical activity and movement and how these contribute to the development of healthy/educated lifestyles
  6. examine the range of unique contemporary issues facing physical education and teachers of physical education
  7. develop an insight into the importance of professional development in a changing society
  8. critically reflect upon their teaching practices in Physical Education in a school environment.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO);
Assessment task 1 (2,000 words; 50%); Assessment task 2 (2,000 words; 50%).
Hurdle requirement: A minimum attendance requirement for classes of 80% for On-campus students.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

One and a half years of study in appropriate Physical Education discipline and skill areas, EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education or EDF5484

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5485 Physical education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to prepare students to teach Psychology in secondary schools. This will include both Middle School Psychology and VCE Units 1-4. Students will design, implement and evaluate effective curriculum and teaching programs. Various teaching and learning strategies will be modelled and explored throughout the semester and students will be required to complete practical assessment tasks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the nature and scope of Psychology as it is taught in secondary schools and the diverse range of students who study it
  2. demonstrate skills in teaching various components of both Middle School and VCE Psychology courses (including developing appropriate curriculum units; planning and organising classroom lessons; using a variety of teaching strategies; selecting and utilising appropriate resources; and assessing and reporting student learning)
  3. foster an interest in, and positive attitude toward, the understanding of human development and behaviour
  4. appreciate the importance of ethical issues in teaching and research involving human and animal subjects.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: A unit of work including lesson plans, lesson observation task, use of learning technologies, classroom activities and assessment items (2,000 words; 50%); Assessment task 2: A compilation of curriculum resources to support one area of a senior Psychology curriculum (such as Unit 1,2, 3 or 4 in VCE Psychology) (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%) Hurdle requirements: The subject requires attendance and participation in class sessions (lectures, seminars, workshops, excursions etc.); and Student participation in the unit is vital and an 80% attendance requirement for on-campus students and 80% on-line participation for off-campus students is required.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Minor sequence in psychology or behaviour studies, and EDF4113 General science Education.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers (On and Off-campus, Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to enable pre-service teachers to develop an understanding of the ways in which visual art pedagogy can be approached, and the corresponding nature of professional identity for the specialist art teacher. The emphasis is on exploring the concepts that have traditionally underpinned classroom practice in the visual arts, and on offering students opportunities to identify with the professional responsibilities specific to learning and teaching in the disciplines that inform visual art curriculum practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to lessons and units-of-work in the visual arts
  2. critically determine and select appropriate content for units of work in the visual arts
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for teaching and learning in the visual arts
  4. identify important pedagogical issues in visual arts educational theory
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to specific examples of visual arts curriculum practice.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment Task 1: Research Task: Structural issues in visual arts curriculum (2,000 words; 50%). Assessment Task 2: Research Presentation (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A major study in relevant area(s) of Visual Arts (eg photography, sculpture, drawing, ceramics, multimedia) which includes at least one quarter of a year of practical Arts content, and EDF4110 Arts education

Co-requisites

EDF4426 Visual Arts 2 can only be taken in conjunction with EDF4425 Visual Arts 1. Students must also be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5479 Visual art education 1B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers (On & Off-campus, Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit builds on coursework undertaken in Visual Art Education 1, and is a specialist education unit in the Graduate Diploma of Education (Secondary). It offers a specific focus on methods of curriculum evaluation in visual arts, for those seeking to specialize as secondary Visual Arts teachers. In addition, it explores a range of issues with respect to curriculum theory and design that are specific to aesthetic education, including a discussion of the inter-disciplinary relationships between artists and art teachers, and their impact for the ways in which the curriculum operates, and for concepts of the art student.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to curriculum evaluation in the visual arts
  2. critically determine and select appropriate evaluation mechanisms in the visual arts
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for teaching and learning in the visual arts
  4. identify important pedagogical and aesthetic issues in visual arts educational theory
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to specific examples of visual arts curriculum practice.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment Task 1: Research Task (2,000 words; 50%). Assessment Task 2: Research Presentation (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A major study in relevant area(s) of Visual Arts (eg photography, sculpture, drawing, ceramics, multimedia) which includes at least one quarter of a year of practical Arts content. EDF4110 Arts education or EDF5480

Co-requisites

Visual Arts 2 can only be taken in conjunction with EDF4425 Visual Arts 1. Students must also be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5481 Visual art education 2B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Ms Carly Sawatski (on & off-campus)

Synopsis

EDF4427 Business Management builds on the knowledge, skills and behaviours learned in the first semester unit EDF4111 Business Education and explores relevant issues, pedagogy and professional requirements essential for teachers of Business Management and related studies in the twenty-first century classroom. Students will explore the Victorian Certificate of Education (VCE) Business Management Study Design as an exemplar of course requirements associated with the teaching and learning of Business Management and related studies at the post compulsory level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate sound knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of Business Management and related subjects (such as Enterprise Education)
  2. select and evaluate appropriate Business Management teaching and learning resources
  3. motivate and engage students in their learning of Business Management and associated studies
  4. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of Business Management and associated studies
  5. use a range of teaching styles, procedures and technologies appropriate to best practice teaching and learning of Business Management and associated studies
  6. use assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning Business Management program and the learning needs of students
  7. use a variety of assessment and reporting methods to regularly monitor student learning progress.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment Task 1: Assessment folio (1,000 words; 25%). Assessment Task 2: Learning and Teaching Plan (unit of work) including reflection, (3,000 words; 75%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in management (generally as part of a business degree), EDF4111 Business education or EDF5494

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5495 Business management education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Miller (Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit builds on the concepts and practices introduced in EDF4117 Second language pedagogy, including discussion and application of current theories of second language acquisition. There is a recognition that ESL teaching takes place in different contexts, settings and programs, ranging from intensive on-arrival language centres to similar needs mainstream classes. Students learn to assess the language needs of English-as-a-second-language (ESL) and non-English speaking background (NESB) learners. Students also use a variety of different approaches to develop their own materials and teaching activities to meet the diverse language, cultural and educational needs of these learners.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. access and develop materials and teaching activities which meet the diverse needs of ESL and NESB learners
  2. plan engaging lessons and units of work using language-related goals and objectives
  3. assess the language needs of ESL and NESB learners
  4. generate optimal conditions for language learning
  5. evaluate the effectiveness of various ESL programs
  6. appreciate the diverse cultural and language backgrounds of ESL learners and demonstrate sensitivity to differences between learners' cultures and that of the wider Australian community
  7. demonstrate an awareness of the need to collaborate with colleagues to promote a whole-school approach to the language needs of ESL and NESB learners.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Part 1: An annotated bibliography (1,000 words; 25%) (Objectives 1, 2, 7); Part 2: An evaluation of curriculum documents and/or ESL programs (1,000 words; 25%) (Objectives 1, 5); Assessment task 2: A unit of work (2,000 words; 50%) (Objectives 1, 2, 3, 4).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Applicants must have a high level of proficiency in both spoken and written English (Some English and/or Linguistics at tertiary level is desirable), and (EDF4117 English language and literacy education or EDF 5448)

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5449 English as a second language (ESL) education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Kim Davies (Gippsland); Dr Elizabeth Tudball (Clayton)

Synopsis

The emphasis in the unit is on the nature of the curriculum as it is enacted in the classroom and its connection to whole-school, community practices and global concerns including philosophical, moral and political dimensions. The implications of connecting the curriculum in order to address a variety of concerns relate to the professionalism of the educator, her pedagogy and assessment practices. In association with the practicum, students are required to critically evaluate, apply and imagine curriculum ideas that enable teachers to teach in educative settings. The unit will draw on contemporary curriculum developments internationally and in Australia including: nationalising the curriculum, who actually controls the curriculum, making the curriculum educative, curriculum integration, and community-based curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, pre-service students should be able to:

  1. develop a critical perspective on historical and contemporary curriculum ideas;
  2. understand the notion of an educative curriculum and be able to critique the notion of the disciplines and inter-disciplinary studies;
  3. understand the implications of the philosophical and political dimensions of the curriculum and how these impact pedagogical and assessment practices; and
  4. apply these understandings by constructing a robust critique of a current curriculum practice.

Assessment

Two written assignments 2 x 50% (equivalent to 2000 words each).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 (max) contact hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marianne Turner

Synopsis

One in four learners in Australian schools comes from a home where the main language is other than English. If these learners are to experience equal educational opportunities and achieve equal educational outcomes, they need support in their language and literacy development and an environment that is conducive to their learning across all subject areas. This unit aims to provide mainstream subject teachers with the appropriate skills to meet the needs of non-English speaking background learners through developing an understanding of the language-related needs of these learners and of ways of meeting these needs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, pre-service students should be able to:

  1. enhance understandings of the language-related needs of learners from non-English speaking backgrounds and of ways of meeting those needs
  2. develop awareness of approaches to learning materials and teaching practices which take account of the diversity in cultural backgrounds and experiences of learners in all classes across the school curriculum
  3. develop collaborative working relationships between learners in different subject areas
  4. increase awareness among subject teachers of the needs of ESL learners and the ways in which subject teachers and ESL specialists can work together to meet these needs.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Reading log (3000 words; 70%) and Assessment Task 2: Practical application - development of materials and pedagogical approaches (1000 words equivalent; 30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leonie Kronborg (Clayton); Dr Margaret Plunkett (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for students to understand giftedness and the practices associated with gifted education from a theoretical perspective, and through the assessment tasks provides opportunities for both critically reflective appraisal and practical application of new understandings. It requires students to critically examine current understandings and practices relating to teaching highly able students from a national and international perspective. A focus of the unit is on development of differentiated curricula to engage all ability levels and gifted students in particular.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. examine their beliefs about giftedness and gifted behaviour and critique these in relation to research findings
  2. identify issues and practices associated with identification of and provision for gifted students
  3. reflect on and evaluate the theory and practice relating to pedagogical and organisational strategies associated with the field of gifted education
  4. interpret and utilise models used in a range of national and international settings to cater for gifted student
  5. explore and develop differentiated instructional strategies and curricula which challenge a range of abilities and are suitable for mainstream classrooms

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Reflective journal (3,000 words, 70%) and Assessment task 2: Practical application - a differentiated curriculum unit (1,000 words, 30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 (max) contact hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education

Prohibitions

EDF4241


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Peter Anderson

Synopsis

This Unit will explore Indigenous and non-Western traditional education for both students and adults within a local and global perspective. It will support you to expand your understanding of Indigenous cultures and consider Indigenous and local forms of education alongside the provision of mainstream schooling by nation states.
The two foci of this Unit are: first, to introduce you to education programs which have successfully engaged with learners from Indigenous and traditionally oriented societies and achieved improvements in their education outcomes, and second, to situate mainstream provision of Indigenous Education in your future teaching contexts.
Of critical importance will be an examination of the positioning of Indigenous and traditional education systems within the nation state, the impact of colonisation, issues pertaining to the retention and maintenance of Indigenous and traditional knowledge through education, and the role of international organisations in protecting, preserving and maintaining Indigenous and traditional education systems.
By using your teaching experiences, an extensive national and international literature, an array of teaching and learning resources, and your capacity for critical analysis, you will be able to develop skills and insights into how you can engage learners from Indigenous and traditional communities and create successful academic partnerships that improve academic outcomes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this Unit students should:

  1. have an understanding of the terms 'Indigenous', 'local', 'Traditional' and 'Traditional Owner' as they pertain to education;
  2. be able to explore the role of education in nation building and the place of Indigenous and local non-Western traditional education claims within nation building;
  3. become aware of issues pertaining to the retention and maintenance of Indigenous and non-Western traditional knowledge through education;
  4. identify the role of international organisations in protecting, preserving and maintaining Indigenous and non-Western traditional education systems; and
  5. be able to use this knowledge when developing your pedagogical approach, Indigenous educational content in your area of expertise, appropriate assessment tasks and a robust evaluation framework to improve your professional practice.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: (equivalent 2,000 words): 50%, Title: Indigenous Education Project and Curriculum Initiative; and Assessment task 2: (equivalent 2,000 words): 50% Title: Assessment task 2: Photographic and reflective journal.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 (max) contact hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification, Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education, BAL & D or by special permission.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr John Pardy

Synopsis

The unit explores the growing emphasis on developing capacity in the workplace as a key platform of vocational education and training policy reform in Australia and overseas in recent decades. The unit will draw on workplace learning as it manifests within school curriculum as well as the ways in which teachers experience this in the school as workplace. Students will be introduced to the rationale for the introduction of vocational curriculums in schools and their connection to curriculum programs within them.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the social and economic rationale for the emphasis on vocational learning curriculums in schools
  2. critically evaluate the implications of vocational learning and competency-based curriculum on teaching and learning in schools
  3. identify the implications of such curriculums for developing workplace learning in schools and other settings
  4. locate the school as a site of workplace change and workplace learning and explore the role of schools with respect that change and that learning.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Critical evaluation of a vocational curriculum in schools (2000 words, 50%); and Assessment task 2: Reflection and analysis on workplace learning (equivalent 2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 (max) contact hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Umesh Sharma and Dr Andrea Reupert

Synopsis

This unit recognises that collaboration and ongoing consultation among teachers, administrative and support personnel, parents, students, allied health professionals and agency representatives are essential for teachers working with children with diverse needs in a variety of educational settings. The unit will enable students to identify and develop the skills of collaboration and promote positive inter-professional practice in the workplace. Students will be encouraged to identify key stakeholders when working collaboratively as well as the issues when working as joint partners with others, including potential sources of conflict. Finally, students will be encouraged to critically analyse the advantages and disadvantages of working inter-professionally and the need to evaluate collaborative practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. critically operationalise collaborative inter-professional practice, including the identification of key stakeholders,
  2. analyse and develop strategies and skills to promote, implement and evaluate inter-professional practice,
  3. compare and contrast the advantages and disadvantages of working collaboratively and identify ways of strengthening the integration of the different services for students with diverse needs in a variety of educational settings, and
  4. identify and promote strategies which promote collaborative practice at an organisational and practice level.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Essay; (2000 words, 50%), and Assessment Task 2: Class presentation; (equivalent to 2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Contact 2 hrs/week; private study 10 hrs/week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Angela Fitzgerald

Synopsis

This unit will require students to critically engage with theories and practices associated with pedagogies used in secondary schooling and how these may differ from the primary setting. In particular, students will be supported in the development of their understandings of the learning demands associated with their chosen disciplinary field(s) and in the examination of the levels of pedagogical sophistication that are required to teach within their area(s) in a secondary school setting. This unit will enable students to draw upon the content and pedagogical knowledge that they have developed over their participation in this course to work towards the development of pedagogical content knowledge that will be appropriate for their chosen disciplinary field. Students will be required to draw upon both their classroom experiences and the research literature as they actively participate in the construction of relevant pedagogical content knowledge.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. recognise the learning demands that exist within their chosen disciplinary field(s) in a secondary school setting,
  2. show an understanding of different pedagogies required in teaching their chosen disciplinary field(s) across the secondary school years,
  3. extend their repertoire of teaching skills and strategies that promote purposeful, meaningful, engaging, innovative, creative, intellectually challenging, and authentic learning in their chosen disciplinary field(s), and
  4. integrate their content and pedagogical knowledge as they work towards the development of pedagogical content knowledge relevant for their chosen disciplinary field(s).

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Portfolio; (2000 words or equivalent, 50%) & Assessment Task 2: Research project; (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Contact 2 hrs/week; private study 10 hrs/week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 4 2013 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to give students experience working in their chosen profession under the guidance/mentoring of experts. The students will experience up to 5 weeks full-time work within the organization and reflect on their experiences and what they have learnt through the completion of a learning log.

Outcomes

Students undertaking this unit will work under the guidance of experienced professionals to gain practice in the skills required to work in the profession; and, gain some understanding of the professional's role in the organization and administration.

Assessment

Successful completion by students of a learning log to monitor their experiences and learning;
completion by workplace supervisors/mentors of a performance report. Pass Grade Only.

Contact hours

up to 5 weeks full time fieldwork placement


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 4 2013 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to give students experience working in their chosen profession under the guidance/mentoring of experts. The students will experience up to 5 weeks full-time work within the organization and reflect on their experiences and what they have learnt through the completion of a learning log.

Outcomes

Students undertaking this unit will work under the guidance of experienced professionals to gain practice in the skills required to work in the profession; and, gain some understanding of the professional's role in the organization and administration.

Assessment

Successful completion by students of a learning log to monitor their experiences and learning;
completion by workplace supervisors/mentors of a performance report. Pass Grade Only.

Contact hours

up to 5 weeks full time fieldwork placement


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz (Clayton); Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit, students are encouraged to reflect on their learning experiences in the secondary school context, with a focus on developing their professional knowledge, practice and engagement in line with expected professional standards. This includes knowledge of and demonstration of a professional code of ethics in their relations with students, colleagues, family members and the community. During and after the practicum, students will think about their professional learning and discuss their progressive development with their peers, school supervisors and university mentor in either face to face or online forums. They will develop a practicum folder to document their reflections and to form a record of their developing ability to reach the standards expected of graduating teachers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, which includes professional experience in schools, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice;
  • reflect on how resources can help to create rich and engaging learning environments;
  • reflect on and respond to advice from their peers, supervising teachers and University mentor on their development as effective teachers;
  • develop a range of teaching approaches to encourage effective student engagement and learning.

Fieldwork

EDF4730 Professional experience 1A and EDF4731 Professional experience 1B together require 25 days of placement

Assessment

1. Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4730 Professional experience 1A and EDF4731 Professional experience 1B.
2. Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 1A (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4730 Professional experience 1A.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions either through face-to-face or online forums.


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz (Clayton); Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit, students are encouraged to reflect on their learning experiences in the secondary school context, with a focus on developing their professional knowledge, practice and engagement in line with expected professional standards. This includes knowledge of and demonstration of a professional code of ethics in their relations with students, colleagues, family members and the community. During and after the practicum, students will think about their professional learning and discuss their progressive development with their peers, school supervisors and university mentor in either face to face or online forums. They will develop a practicum folder to document their reflections and to form a record of their developing ability to reach the standards expected of graduating teachers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, which includes professional experience in schools, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • develop and reflect on strategies that demonstrate empathy, positive regard for, and rapport with students;
  • regard all students as capable of learning and demonstrate an understanding of and commitment to equity in their practice;
  • identify the prior knowledge, the learning strengths and weaknesses of students, and other factors which impact on learning;
  • develop and reflect on strategies that acknowledge and cater for diverse cultural, religious and socio-economic factors influencing students.

Fieldwork

EDF4730 Professional experience 1A and EDF4731 Professional experience 1B together require 25 days of placement

Assessment

(1) Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4730 Professional experience 1A and EDF4731 Professional experience 1B.
(2) Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 1B (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4731 Professional experience 1B.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions either through face-to-face or online forums.


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz (Clayton); Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit, students extend their experience in the secondary school context with a focus on the practice of teaching in their curriculum specialism areas. A range of specific teaching approaches are developed within the teaching and learning relationship, including lesson planning, observation, assessment and reflection and evaluation of practice. Within the context of this unit, pre-service teachers will be supported to apply their developing pedagogy, their understandings, knowledge and skills of teaching in a safe and inclusive learning environment under the guidance of a supervising teacher within a school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice;
  • become familiar with a variety of resources to create rich and engaging learning environments;
  • be aware of assessment processes and procedures to support students' learning;
  • reflect on and respond to advice from their supervisor teacher and University staff
  • develop critical awareness of relevant curriculum documents;
  • utilise a range of teaching approaches in diverse learning environments;
  • undertake a range of teacher responsibilities; and
  • develop and sustain professional working relationships with colleagues.

Fieldwork

EDF4733 Professional experience 2A and EDF4734 Professional experience 2B together require 25 days of placement.

Assessment

(1) Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4733 Professional experience 2A and EDF4734 Professional experience 2B.
(2) Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 2A (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4733 Professional experience 2A.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz (Clayton); Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit, students extend their experience in the secondary school context with a focus on the practice of teaching in their curriculum specialism areas. A range of specific teaching approaches are developed within the teaching and learning relationship, including lesson planning, observation, assessment and reflection and evaluation of practice. Within the context of this unit, pre-service teachers will be supported to apply their developing pedagogy, their understandings, knowledge and skills of teaching in a safe and inclusive learning environment under the guidance of a supervising teacher within a school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice;
  • become familiar with a variety of resources to create rich and engaging learning environments;
  • be aware of assessment processes and procedures to support students' learning;
  • reflect on and respond to advice from their supervisor teacher and University staff
  • develop critical awareness of relevant curriculum documents;
  • utilise a range of teaching approaches in diverse learning environments;
  • undertake a range of teacher responsibilities; and
  • develop and sustain professional working relationships with colleagues.

Fieldwork

EDF4733 Professional experience 2A and EDF4734 Professional experience 2B together require 25 days of placement.

Assessment

(1) Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4733 Professional experience 2A and EDF4734 Professional experience 2B.
(2) Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 2B (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4734 Professional experience 2B.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Kerry Canty

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4840).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of accounting and related commerce studies. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of accounting and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of accounting education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently, to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of accounting and related subjects across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for accounting and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of accounting and associated studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor student learning and progress
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching accounting and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of economics and business education (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in accounting

Prohibitions

EDF4111 Business education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Kerry Canty

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4839).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of accounting and related commerce studies. Students will further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of accounting and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students will gain deeper understandings of current developments in the theory and practice of accounting education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently, to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of accounting and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for accounting and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of accounting and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. create assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning accounting program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching accounting and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: A teaching and learning plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4839 Accounting education in the secondary years A or EDF4111 Business education

Prohibitions

EDF4401 Accounting education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Debra Panizzon

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4842).

Synopsis

This unit prepares pre-service teachers to teach biology in secondary schools as a specialist in Years 11 and 12 and in the junior years 7 to 10. The unit draws upon a constructivist theory of learning to explore the most appropriate ways of encouraging students to build their conceptual understandings of biological concepts. Linked to this, students will develop a range of pedagogical approaches in teaching biology. Importantly, pre-service teachers will be introduced to appropriate curricula (Years 7 to 12) so that they are confident in linking their teaching to the curriculum in preparation for the classroom. Throughout the unit students will be challenged to consider the key issues impacting biology education and how they might address them in their teaching. Students will be encouraged to think critically about teaching biology and recognise the importance of reflecting upon their own practice.

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. articulate and apply their understanding of a constructivist perspective of learning in biology.
  2. understand and apply state and national curricula in biology and their implications for planning teaching and learning
  3. link the everyday world of the learner with biology in ways that are meaningful and relevant
  4. demonstrate an awareness of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in teaching biology.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Reflective assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in biological sciences (e.g. genetics, human biology, microbiology, botany and zoology)

Prohibitions

EDF4113 General science education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Debra Panizzon

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4841).

Synopsis

This unit builds upon the foundational unit providing pre-service teachers with further opportunities to explore and develop their pedagogical practices in biology. In particular students will consider the importance and value of investigations and fieldwork in teaching biology along with the possibililties offered by a range of online electronic resources. Pre-service teachers will consider the types and ranges of assessment in biology. An important component of this unit will be an increased focus on the need for biology teachers to think critically about their own practice and the degree to which it enhances the learning opportunities for all students. The valuable role of ongoing professional learning as one becomes part of the teaching profession will also be considered.

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate confidence and skill in linking biology learning to the needs of learners in diverse contexts
  2. devise and implement a variety of assessment procedures to promote learning in biology
  3. plan and implement fieldwork for students that support learning in biology
  4. plan and implement investigations for students that support learning in biology
  5. engage in critical reflection as a professional teacher and understand contemporary trends in practice and research at the national and international level.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4841 Biology education in the secondary years A or EDF4113 General science education

Prohibitions

EDF4402 Biology education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Carly Sawatzki

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4844).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of business management and related commerce studies. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of business management and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of business management education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of business management and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for business management and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of business management and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor student learning and progress
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching business management and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of economics and business education (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

Two minor sequences selected from: business management/management studies, human resource management, and/or marketing.

Prohibitions

EDF4111 Business education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Carly Sawatzki

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4843).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of business management and related commerce studies. Students will futher their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of business management and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students will gain deeper understandings of current developments in the theory and practice of business management education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of business management and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for business management and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of business management and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. create assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching business management and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: A teaching and learning plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4843 Business management education in the secondary years A or EDF4111 Business education

Prohibitions

EDF4427 Business management education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Ann Osman

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4848).

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to teach chemistry in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of the unit is to assist pre-service teachers to build an understanding of the importance of developing an effective pedagogy for teaching chemistry through the use of critical reflection. The unit also aims to build an awareness of problematic chemistry content and evidence-based teaching approaches that better facilitate student conceptual understanding. Students will trial a wide variety of effective teaching strategies and be encouraged to build ICT skills and techniques essential for establishing a productive and engaging secondary science classroom. The unit will highlight the importance of setting personal and professional goals and actively seeking professional learning programs that contribute to the ongoing improvement of one's professional classroom practice. Methods for assessing and monitoring student learning in chemistry will be introduced. The relationship between science, technology and society, the cultural context for chemistry, the nature of chemistry as a discipline, the values that underpin chemistry and the relevance of chemistry to students' lives will be a focus of this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. use appropriate chemistry content for Years 7 to 12 that takes into account the intelligibility, plausibility and fruitfulness of this content
  2. use appropriate contexts for the teaching of chemistry content that accounts for the experiences, social and cultural backgrounds of their clientele
  3. select appropriate teaching strategies and support resources (human and material) for teaching chemistry
  4. select and use a range of teaching procedures that will foster motivation and purposeful, independent learning in their students
  5. critically understand the curriculum and pedagogy of chemistry education
  6. develop a philosophy for what chemistry teaching means
  7. develop an appreciation for the relationship between science, technology and society and the cultural context for chemistry
  8. demonstrate awareness of the barriers raised by traditional science and chemistry curricula
  9. value the practice of real-world chemistry
  10. develop as professionals that are knowledgeable, skilful, flexible and compassionate in their practice and who are guided by a sense of social and ethical responsibility.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Research assignment: learning and teaching chemistry (2000 words 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Learning log (2000 words 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study in non-placement weeks and an additional intensive contact session.

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in chemistry or biochemistry

Prohibitions

EDF4113 General science education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Deborah Corrigan

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4847).

Synopsis

This unit builds upon EDF4847 in preparing students to teach chemistry in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). Pre-service teachers continue to build an understanding of the importance of developing an effective pedagogy for teaching chemistry through the use of critical reflection. An awareness of problematic chemistry content and evidence-based teaching approaches that better facilitate student conceptual understanding will be explored. Students will trial a wide variety of effective teaching strategies and be encouraged to build ICT skills and techniques essential for establishing a productive and engaging secondary science classroom. The unit will highlight the importance of setting personal and professional goals and actively seeking professional learning programs that contribute to the ongoing improvement of one's professional classroom practice. Methods for assessing and monitoring student learning in chemistry will be explored further. The relationship between science, technology and society, the cultural context for chemistry, the nature of chemistry as a discipline, the values that underpin chemistry and the relevance of chemistry to students' lives will be a focus of this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. use appropriate chemistry content for Years 7 to 12 that takes into account the intelligibility, plausibility and fruitfulness of this content
  2. use appropriate contexts for the teaching of chemistry content that accounts for the experiences, social and cultural backgrounds of their clientele
  3. select appropriate teaching strategies and support resources (human and material) for teaching chemistry
  4. select and use a range of teaching procedures that will foster motivation and purposeful, independent learning in their students
  5. critically understand the curriculum and pedagogy of chemistry
  6. develop a philosophy for what chemistry teaching means
  7. develop an appreciation for the relationship between science, technology and society and the cultural context for chemistry
  8. demonstrate awareness of the barriers raised by traditional science and chemistry curricula
  9. value the practice of real-world chemistry
  10. develop as professionals that are knowledgeable, skilful, flexible and compassionate in their practice and who are guided by a sense of social and ethical responsibility.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Chemistry education portfolio (2000 words 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Chemistry curriculum research project (2000 words 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study in non-placement weeks and an additional intensive contact session.

Prerequisites

EDF4847 Chemistry education in the secondary years A or EDF4113 General science education

Prohibitions

EDF4403 Chemistry education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4852).

Synopsis

This is a secondary methods study unit which addresses the theory and practice of secondary school drama education. It is designed to introduce students to the skills and understandings of drama education and to prepare them for classroom teaching through the exploration of a range of theoretical, philosophical and pragmatic perspectives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. take a critical position with respect to fundamental concepts in drama education
  2. begin to understand and critically interpret relevant curriculum documents
  3. plan purposefully for student learning in secondary drama contexts
  4. begin to understand and apply a variety of assessment strategies to evaluate diverse student learning and development in drama
  5. begin to enact a range of planning and teaching strategies in order to meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of practicum settings
  6. begin to adopt and enact a reflective approach to continuous professional development during the practicum.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Collaborative tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Learning context tasks (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent average of 2 - 3 contact hours per week to be delivered in a variety of modes, plus approximately 15 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in drama, performance studies (drama) or theatrical theatre studies (including practical drama)

Prohibitions

EDF4110 Arts education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4851).

Synopsis

This is a secondary methods study unit which addresses the theory and practice of secondary school drama education. It is designed to develop students' skills and understandings as drama educators and to prepare them for classroom teaching through the exploration of a range of theoretical, philosophical and pragmatic perspectives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. refine a critical position with respect to fundamental concepts in drama education
  2. critically implement the requirements of relevant curriculum documents
  3. independently plan for student learning in secondary drama contexts
  4. design and apply a variety of assessment strategies to evaluate diverse student learning and development in drama
  5. enact a range of planning and teaching strategies in order to meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of practicum settings
  6. adopt and enact a reflective approach to continuous professional development during the practicum.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Performance tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Learning context tasks (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent average of 2 - 3 contact hours per week to be delivered in a variety of modes, plus approximately 15 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4851 Drama education in the secondary years A or EDF4110 Arts education

Prohibitions

EDF4404 Drama education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Anita Forsyth

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4854).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of economics, consumer and financial literacies, Enterprise and business related education in secondary schools. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of economics and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of economics education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on the debates and professional conversations about the role and importance of economics education in the secondary school curriculum in order to develop understandings related to their beliefs and their identity in regard to the subject economics and in regard to their teaching of this subject
  2. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of economics and related subjects across Years 7 to 12
  3. select and evaluate appropriate economics and associated studies teaching and learning resources
  4. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of economics and associated studies
  5. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate students which respond to the diverse abilities and interests of all learners
  6. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching economics and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of economics education (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities related to the teaching of a topic selected from post-compulsory economics curriculum (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in economics

Prohibitions

EDF4111 Business education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Anita Forsyth

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4853).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to further develop and extend the learning undertaken in EDF4853 Economics education in the secondary years A . Students will continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of economics, consumer and financial literacies, enterprise and business related education in secondary schools. Students further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of economics and related curriculum. They will acquire knowledge and understanding of the nature and purpose of assessment, designing assessments that are puroposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning economics program and the learning needs of students.Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are further familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of economics education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of economics and related subjects across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate economics and associated studies' teaching and learning resources
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of economics and associated studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate students which respond to the diverse abilities and interests of all learners
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. use assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning economics program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching economics and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: A learning and teaching plan including reflection (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4853 Economics education in the secondary years A or EDF4111 Business education

Prohibitions

EDF4405 Economics education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jenny Miller

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4856).

Synopsis

This unit prepares student teachers for the teaching of English as an additional language (EAL) to the full range of non-English speaking background students, including recently arrived students with limited English language skills, international students and others in a range of EAL contexts. It looks at the nature of English and the theory and principles of second language pedagogy, along with factors having an impact on teaching and learning. Attention is paid to the sociocultural contexts of learning and the need for sensitivity to linguistic and cultural diversity in schools. With reference to current curriculum documents, policy and assessment protocols, pre-service teachers will learn to assess EAL learner needs, devise appropriate lessons to meet those needs, and to select and adapt materials to work effectively to maximise the educational opportunities of all EAL learners. The teaching practice component of the course is a crucial part of developing such knowledge and skills and students will complete weekly activities to prepare for the placement, including the use of technology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. access, adapt and develop materials and teaching activities and critically evaluate resources which meet the diverse needs and identities of EAL learners
  2. plan engaging lessons using communicative objectives and activities
  3. assess the language needs and work of EAL learners
  4. generate optimal conditions for language learning
  5. appreciate the diverse cultural and language backgrounds of EAL learners and demonstrate sensitivity to differences between learners' cultures and that of the wider Australian community.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Case study of an EAL learner (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Annotated lesson plan (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in linguistics or a second language (i.e. not the teacher's first language)

Prohibitions

EDF4117 Second language pedagogy


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jenny Miller

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4855).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the contextual and pedagogical knowledge about EAL teaching from EDF4855. Students will link theory and practice with a view to deepening their competence to teach EAL in a range of settings, including intensive new arrival programs, EAL support programs in the mainstream, EAL programs targeting international students and team-teaching (where ESL teaching is taught in cooperation with a mainstream subject teacher). The course will cover all aspects of ESL teaching in a secondary setting, including VCE. In relation to the particular context, students will learn to assess EAL learner needs, devise appropriate units of work to meet those needs, adapt and create course materials and work effectively as part of a whole school program to maximise the educational opportunities of all EAL learners. The teaching practice component of the course is a crucial part of developing such knowledge and skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Select, adapt and generate materials and activities relevant to student need based on assessment
  2. plan engaging units of work linked to curriculum and best practice
  3. assess the language needs and work of EAL learners informally and formally
  4. critically evaluate EAL resources for classroom use
  5. use the diversity of EAL learners as a resource to plan for multilevel classes
  6. demonstrate an awareness of the need to collaborate with colleagues and the community to promote a whole-school approach to the language needs of EAL learners.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Annotated bibliography of curriculum materials (1500 words, 40%)
Assessment Task 2: Development of a unit of work (2500 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4855 English as an additional language (EAL) education in the secondary years A or EDF4117 Second language pedagogy

Prohibitions

EDF4429 English as a second language (ESL) education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Graham Parr (Clayton); Professor Simone White (Gippsland)

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4858).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of English, literature, literacy and related subjects in secondary school (Years 7 to 12). Students work collaboratively and interdependently to develop their skills and knowledge in planning and implementing curriculum materials in the area of English language. Students also learn to appreciate how language, in its various modes and uses (including those involving ICTs), mediates the learning of all young people across a range of curriculum areas and in their outside-school lives. Through an examination of a range of national and international education policies and the Australian Curriculum: English, students are familiarised with current developments in theory and practice of English literacy education. The unit informs and facilitates students' active contributions to contemporary dialogue within the English teaching profession, drawing both on the rich traditions and on exciting innovations in English education, in Australia and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on their beliefs, ethical practices and experiences in regard to subject English and in regard to their teaching of this subject
  2. use, critically and creatively, a variety of communication strategies in different modes (including a range of ICTs) and in different teaching and learning contexts
  3. actively participate in professional conversations and debates about issues pertinent to English education
  4. inquire into, and develop, their professional identity as prospective teachers of English language, literature and literacy
  5. investigate the impact of recent language and literacy policy on curriculum, pedagogy, assessment and ethical issues in different subject areas
  6. enact and adjust as appropriate a variety of teaching strategies and practices that meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of settings and curriculum contexts.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A critical autobiographical narrative, drawing in part on a practicum experience (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: A collaboratively designed unit of work focused on writing (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in English (literature or literary studies), or a minor sequence in writing, English language studies or linguistics together with a part in English (literature or literary studies)

Prohibitions

EDF4112 English language and literacy education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Graham Parr (Clayton); Professor Simone White (Gippsland)

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4857).

Synopsis

Building on EDF4857 English education in the secondary years A, this unit extends pre-service students' capacities, as they continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of English, literature, literacy and related subjects in secondary school (Years 7 to 12). Students work collaboratively and interdependently to plan and implement appropriate curriculum in the area of English language. They also learn to appreciate how language, in its various modes and uses (including those involving ICTs), mediates the learning of all young people in school and in their outside-school lives. Through an examination of a range of national and international education policies and the Australian Curriculum: English, students are familiarised with current developments in theory and practice of English literacy education, with a particular focus on senior English curriculums. The unit informs and facilitates students' active contributions to contemporary dialogue within the English teaching profession, drawing both on the rich traditions and exciting innovations in English education, in Australia and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on their beliefs, ethical practices and experiences in regard to subject English and in regard to their teaching of this subject
  2. use, critically and creatively, a variety of communication strategies in different modes (including a range of ICTs) and in different teaching and learning contexts
  3. actively participate in professional conversations and debates about issues pertinent to English education
  4. inquire into, and develop, their professional identity as prospective teachers of English language, literature and literacy
  5. investigate the impact of recent language and literacy policy on curriculum, pedagogy, assessment and ethical issues in different subject areas
  6. enact and adjust as appropriate a variety of teaching strategies and practices that meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of settings and curriculum contexts
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching English in schools and other settings, and
  8. design and publish text-related tasks and artefacts for teaching a diverse range of students in schools, and collaboratively plan accompanying professional learning activities that could be used with peers and/or professional colleagues in schools.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: An evaluative piece focusing on an experience of teaching writing on a practicum (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Design of innovative curriculum materials (and professional learning activities) related to the teaching of text (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4857 English education in the secondary years A or EDF4112 English language and literacy education

Prohibitions

EDF4406 English education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Rebecca Cooper

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4860).

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in contemporary science teaching, and focuses on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. It provides students with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on their past, as well as providing new experiences. The unit will draw on concepts from constructivist theories of learning, pedagogical content knowledge and critical reflection. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of science
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about science into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications, and a variety of assessment techniques available, for use in science education classrooms.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1A: Research report (1000 words, 25%),
Assessment Task 1B: Interview and lessson Plan (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2: Reflective task (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 3: Classroom Presentation (1000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in general science and a minor sequence in one of biology, chemistry, earth science (geology), environmental science or physics together with a part in another of these areas of study

Prohibitions

EDF4113 General science education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Rebecca Cooper (Clayton); Dr Stephen Keast (Gippsland)

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4859).

Synopsis

This unit broadens students thinking about learning and teaching science by introducing them to ways of engaging learners in real world science. It provides students with the opportunity to develop their planning and teaching skills and emphasises the importance of reflection and continual development of teaching practice. This unit will draw on concepts from constructivist theories of learning, pedagogical content knowledge and critical reflection. Furthermore, this unit reinforces a view that learning and teaching science is more about creating a scientifically literate community than it is about content and correct answers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. explore ways of facilitating students in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  2. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  3. become sensitised to the real world of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students
  4. develop, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching science.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1A: Written assignment (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 1B: Reflective task (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2: Class Presentation (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4859 General science education in the secondary years A or EDF4113 General science education

Prohibitions

EDF4420 Science education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Wendy Sykes

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4862).

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable specialist geography teachers. It develops pre-service teachers' understanding of current approaches and trends in geography education, nationally and internationally, and how these impact on school-based and post-compulsory curriculum in geography. The unit will involve an examination of various strategies, resources, policies, activities and forms of assessment for geography education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary approaches and trends in geography education in Australia
  2. understand the scope and purpose of school geography
  3. respond to current ideas about how students learn geography and apply them in their geography classes
  4. plan, resource, teach and assess geography lessons and activities
  5. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  6. understand the role of geography both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork may be arranged by negotiation with students

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Lesson planning sequence (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Class presentation on teaching resources (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour workshop per week, plus approximately 15 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in geography

Prohibitions

EDF4118 Social and environmental education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Wendy Sykes

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4861).

Synopsis

This unit aims to build on the understanding developed in EDF4861 Geography education in the secondary years A, to further prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable specialist geography teachers. It develops pre-service teachers' understanding of current trends and approaches in geography education, through a focus on the uses and applications of fieldwork, ICTs, personal geographies, environmental and sustainabilty education, and civics and citzenship education. Students will be expected to critically examine school geography drawing on a range of national and international perspectives on geography curriculum, resources and assessment, and on learners of diverse backgrounds and abilities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary approaches and trends in geography education in Australia
  2. respond to current ideas about the scope and purpose of school geography and apply them in their geography classes, e.g. in relation to ICTs, sustainability, citizenship, personal geographies
  3. plan, resource, teach and assess geography field activities
  4. effectively design geography education lessons that facilitate critical thinking, research, numeracy and literacy skills
  5. understand further the role of geography both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork may be arranged by negotiation with students

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Geography fieldwork guide (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Preparation of a teaching unit (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour workshop per week, plus approximately 15 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4861 Geography education in the secondary years A or EDF4118 Social and environmental education

Prohibitions

EDF4407 Geography education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms TerriAnne Philpott (Day); Mr David MacDonald (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4864).

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide a secondary teacher education method in health that has two foci:

  1. to explore human development content and curriculum in the school context
  2. to develop teaching and learning skills including ethical knowledge for teaching health to years 11 and 12.

Study in this unit is underscored by the need to develop an understanding of the complex nature of health as part of a social model and the methods for teaching related fields in science, education, society and politics in terms of the interrelationship of individuals and groups throughout the lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a study plan in health and health education that elicits a deep and detailed knowledge pool for the purpose of teaching
  2. develop a critical position with respect to personal and cultural values as a construct of health
  3. design units of study pertaining to health education for students in Years 11 and 12.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A collaboratively designed health education unit of work for secondary school students (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Written assignment (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence study covering the areas of health, human development, family and nutrition

Prohibitions

EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms TerriAnne Philpott (Day); Mr David MacDonald (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4863).

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide a secondary teacher education method in health that has two foci:

  1. to explore new technologies for health education in the school context.
  2. to develop teaching and learning skills for teaching health across the school curriculum.

Study in this unit is underscored by the need to develop an understanding of the complex nature of health and how this can be addressed across the curriculum. It also addresses teaching models related to experiential education and how this can support health educators to set up health promoting school programs that support individuals throughout their lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically analyse the importance of literacy, numeracy and oracy in the development of pedagogy in health education
  2. distinguish between knowledge acquisition and knowledge facilitation in health education
  3. explore the use of health informatics through multi-media.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2 Open-book take-home examination (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4863 Health education in the secondary years A or EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education

Prohibitions

EDF4409 Health education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalie Triolo

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4866).

Synopsis

This unit introduces pre-service teachers to the teaching and learning of history as either a stand-alone discipline or an identifiable and rigorous component of an integrated program in either Australian or overseas school or wider educational settings. The unit is practice-based, research-informed and resource-rich. It embraces diverse histories, perspectives, pedagogies and technologies, and prepares pre-service teachers to tailor history education experiences to meet their students' different learning, career, leisure and life needs. It explores: pre-service teachers' personal philosophies and latest research on why to teach and learn about the past; multiple definitions of 'historical literacy'; Australian Curriculum cross-curriculum priorities and general capabilities; Australian Curriculum: History and how it has been implemented by different government and other education authorities; civics and citizenship education and values education imperatives; strategies for engaging and purposeful lesson-planning and delivery; 'teaching by the textbook and the website'; teacher-directed as well as student-centred questioning; English language proficiency and assisting students for whom English is another language when 'reading and writing' about the past; preparations for school placement; and, introductions to inquiry methodology, Gardner's 'multiple intelligences', Bloom's 'taxonomy' and de Bono's 'six thinking hats'.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. begin to develop their learners' study, career, leisure and life skills through the knowledge, skills, values, attitudes and behaviours associated specifically with the study of history
  2. begin to locate, create, use and evaluate history education resources in diverse forms incorporating diverse perspectives
  3. begin to articulate the research underpinnings of pedagogical models common to history education, such as inquiry methodology, and enact effectively such models in diverse learning settings
  4. begin to cater to learners' different needs through inclusive strategies and engaging and diverse teaching, learning and assessment activities, such as those in keeping with multiple intelligences theory
  5. begin to develop learners' abilities to demonstrate problem-solving capabilities in a variety of waysincluding creatively and collaboratively
  6. begin to facilitate learners' identification of links, similarities and differences between the past and the present and between the experiences of different cultures in different locations
  7. begin to develop learners' empathy, values, attitudes and behaviours consistent with informed and positive local and global citizenship.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork in history education settings (e.g. museums and galleries) may be arranged by negotiation with students

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: History lesson learning sequence (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: History in the media: class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour workshop per week, plus approximately 10 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in history

Prohibitions

EDF4118 Social and environmental education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalie Triolo

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4865).

Synopsis

This unit builds on EDF4865 History education in the secondary years A and continues to develop pre-service teachers' understandings and skills with regard to the teaching and learning of history as either a stand-alone discipline or an identifiable and rigorous component of integrated programs in either Australianor overseas school or wider educational settings. The unit continues to be practice-based, research-informed and resource-rich. It embraces diverse histories, perspectives, pedagogies and technologies, and prepares pre-service teachers to tailor history education experiences to meet their students' different learning, career, leisure and life needs. It explores: advanced teaching, learning and assessment strategies with emphases on 'viewing', 'listening to' and 'visiting' sources of the past; important history education resource providers at state/territory, national and international levels; studies of Asia, Indigenous and sustainability imperatives; religious studies and their connections with history education; unit planning and delivery; Victorian Certificate of Education histories and/or Australian Curriculum: History 'senior years' documents; securing employment as history/humanities school teachers or educators in non-school history education settings; history disciplinary or education professional communities that advocate and work for high quality history education experiences for students as well as educators; and, strategies for responding effectively to curriculum priorities and developments as they arise.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. develop their learners' study, career, leisure and life skills through the knowledge, skills, values, attitudes and behaviours associated specifically with the study of history
  2. locate, create, use and evaluate history education resources in diverse forms incorporating diverse perspectives
  3. articulate the research underpinnings of pedagogical models common to history education and enact effectively such models in diverse learning settings
  4. cater to learners' different needs through inclusive strategies and engaging and diverse teaching, learning and assessment activities
  5. develop learners' abilities to demonstrate problem-solving capabilities in a variety of ways, including creatively and collaboratively
  6. facilitate learners' identification of links, similarities and differences between the past and the present and between the experiences of different cultures in different locations
  7. develop learners' empathy, values, attitudes and behaviours consistent with informed and positive local and global citizenship.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork in history education settings (e.g. museums and galleries) may be arranged by negotiation with students

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: History resource guide (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: History unit outline (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2.5-hour workshop per week, plus approximately 10 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4865 History education in the secondary years A or EDF4118 Social and environmental education

Prohibitions

EDF4408 History education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Henderson

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4868).

Synopsis

This unit enables students to understand the scope of information and communication technology (ICT) education in secondary school (Years 7 to 12). It provides students with opportunities to develop their knowledge and skills relevant to teaching ICT with a particular emphasis on the junior levels in secondary schools. This includes the use of technologies to represent understandings, conceptualise and manage ideas; to create and communicate; to engage critically with the impacts of technology on society and education; and to develop an understanding of the relationship between ICT curriculum content and pedagogy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the scope of the ICT curriculum across secondary school levels
  2. plan, resource, teach and assess ICT lessons particularly in the junior levels at school
  3. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10
  4. recognise the centrality of literacy and numeracy for effective use of ICT
  5. identify current ideas about how students learn and some implications for their ICT classes
  6. understand the role of ICT both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum
  7. identify professional learning needs through critical reflection of practicum experiences
  8. critically engage with issues and debates surrounding ICT in education, including health, ethical and legal implications.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A unit of work for secondary school students with critical analysis (3000 words or equivalent, 75%)
Assessment Task 2: Portfolio of resources for teaching and professional engagement (1000 words or equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in information technology

Prohibitions

EDF4115 Information, communication technologies and new media


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Henderson

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4867)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with opportunities to continue developing their knowledge and skills relevant to teaching ICT but with a particular emphasis on senior levels in secondary schooling. This includes the use of technologies to represent understandings, conceptualise and manage ideas; to create and communicate; to engage critically with the impacts of technology on society and education; and to develop an understanding of the relationship between ICT curriculum content and pedagogy. The unit also considers how we can sustain professional learning and the role of the ICT teacher more broadly in the school and in shaping policy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan, resource, teach and assess ICT lessons particularly in the senior levels at school
  2. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  3. engage with current ideas about how students learn and apply them in their ICT classes
  4. develop ways in which ICT can support teaching and learning across the school curriculum, including engagement with parents/carers and the wider school community
  5. develop strategies to identify and meet ongoing professional learning needs
  6. engage with professional networks and participate in conversations and debates pertinent to ICT education
  7. understand the instrumental role ICT teachers can take in schools including professional learning of colleagues, management of technical services, and strategic planning.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A unit of work for secondary school students with critical analysis (3000 words or equivalent, 75%),
Assessment Task 2: A sustainable system of engaging critically with resources, policy and networks for teaching and professional engagement (1000 words or equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4867 Information and communication technology education in the secondary years A or EDF4115 Information, communication technologies and new media

Prohibitions

EDF4410 Information technology/computing education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Paul Forgasz

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4870).

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an introduction to theory and practice covering various disciplines which comprise Jewish Studies. The unit introduces students to a number of issues and themes that can help them to locate Jewish Studies in its broader global context and to appreciate the dynamics of Jewish schools and Jewish schooling. The unit also focuses on developing an understanding of various models of and approaches to the teaching of Jewish Studies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of some key issues and themes relating to the theory and practice of Jewish education
  2. critically evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to teaching Jewish Studies in particular educational contexts
  3. develop a range of techniques and strategies appropriate to the teaching of particular areas of Jewish Studies
  4. implement techniques and strategies and use a variety of resources to develop students' literacy, numeracy and ICT skills
  5. make appropriate judgments about the suitability and use of various teaching and learning materials and resources
  6. plan and teach sequences of Jewish Studies lessons from a selection of topics and areas.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Resources assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week, plus approximately 15 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in Jewish studies within a tertiary degree or equivalent

Prohibitions

EDF4119 The world of Jewish education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Paul Forgasz

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4869).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the study in Semester 1 of EDF4869 Jewish studies education in the secondary years A. The primary purpose of this unit is to introduce students to the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes that underpin the teaching and learning of the various subject areas which fall under the generic heading of Jewish Studies. This unit deals with various topics, themes and issues related to the teaching of Jewish Studies in the secondary school. In addition to various pedagogical 'hands-on' aspects of teaching Jewish Studies, the unit will also deal with issues and themes of a more philosophical or theoretical nature.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan and teach sequences of Jewish Studies lessons
  2. develop a range of techniques and strategies appropriate to the teaching of particular Jewish Studies subjects
  3. apply information and communication technologies (ICT) to the teaching of Jewish Studies subjects
  4. make appropriate judgments about the suitability and use of various teaching and learning materials and resources
  5. appreciate the relevance of Jewish educational research to the teaching of Jewish Studies
  6. apply knowledge from other units dealing with more general aspects of educational practice to the teaching of Jewish Studies.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A unit of work in Jewish Studies (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Reflective essay (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week, plus approximately 15 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4869 Jewish studies education in the secondary years A or EDF4119 The world of Jewish education

Prohibitions

EDF4428 Jewish studies education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4872).

Synopsis

This unit involves students in close examination of current research on first and second language theories linked to principles of optimal classroom pedagogy. Students will engage with global, national and Victorian policies and curriculum and assessment frameworks, and reflect on how these impact on local decisions related to the teaching and learning of languages. Students work collaboratively to explore intercultural contexts as they are realised through interaction with a range of spoken and written texts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. engage with and apply current language curriculum and policy developments and their classroom pedagogical implications
  2. explore intercultural contexts through interaction with spoken and written texts
  3. build knowledge about current and theories and practices in Languages methodology
  4. articulate an emerging languages teaching philosophy
  5. review and utilise materials for the teaching and learning of languages.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Investigation: issue related to classroom practice (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2: Annotated bibliography (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 3: Micro-teaching and written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) study in the language, which requires successful completion of Year 12 studies in the language for entry into the program. Native speakers of the language must seek a statement of equivalence from an Australian university, to verify that their knowledge and competence in the language meets the standard of a post-year 12 study in the language (refer to student adviser for more information).

Prohibitions

EDF4117 Second language pedagogy


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marianne Turner

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4871).

Synopsis

This unit invites students to utilise second language acquisition research and curriculum design techniques for constructing lessons appropriate to learners' needs. Students develop an understanding of learning strategies in order to build effective practices to inform their teaching in second language competencies. They investigate and evaluate theoretical and practical links between disciplines, domains and literacies in order to better appreciate the importance of communication and how languages contribute to this educative process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. translate theories of language learning into classroom learning activities for students
  2. develop a range of assessment techniques to meet the diverse needs of language learners
  3. use their understandings of language pedagogy to reflect critically on practice
  4. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  5. use, critically and creatively, a variety of language strategies that are appropriate to real-world and classroom second language use.

Assessment

Case study (2000 words, 50%)
A unit of work (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4874).

Synopsis

This unit explores current, local and international research on first and second language theories linked to P-12 principles of classroom pedagogy. Students are provided with foundations for effective teaching of languages within the perspective of the P-12 continuum. Students will develop a flexible and informed approach, selecting appropriate strategies for learner's linguistic and communicative needs. While the focus is mostly practical, emphasising the importance of planning and sequencing lessons, this unit links closely with research, and builds skills in the development of integrated units of work emphasising the importance of cross-curricular planning involving classroom teachers and communities of professional practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. engage with current and international languages and bilingual education curriculum and policy developments and their P-12 classroom pedagogical implications
  2. explore different approaches to languages teaching across P-12 classrooms
  3. translate theories of language learning into classroom learning activities for students
  4. develop a range of assessment techniques to meet the diverse needs of P-12 language learners
  5. use their understandings of language pedagogy to reflect critically on practice
  6. use, critically and creatively, a variety of language strategies that are appropriate to real-world and classroom second language use in P-12 classrooms.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 : Investigation: issue related to classroom practice (1000 words, 25%),
Assessment Task 2: Annotated bibliography of multimedia languages materials (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 3: Micro-teaching and written assignment (1000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) study in the language, which requires successful completion of Year 12 studies in the language for entry into the program. Native speakers of the language must seek a statement of equivalence from an Australian university, to verify that their knowledge and competence in the language meets the standard of a post-year 12 study in the language (refer to course adviser for more information).

Co-requisites

EDF4871 Languages education in the secondary years 1A

Prohibitions

EDF4117 Second language pedagogy


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Megan Morgan

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4873).

Synopsis

In this unit students will consider a range of factors that impact on the establishment of a languages program in their context and the integration of such a program within the larger P-12 school curriculum. While the focus further emphasises the importance of planning and sequencing lessons, it links closely with the research in EDF4871 and EDF4872 (Languages education in the secondary years 1A and 1B). It builds skills in the development of creating integrated units of work incorporating ICT and multimedia specific to student's languages method. Students investigate and evaluate theoretical and practical links between disciplines, domains and literacies in order to better appreciate the importance of communication and how second languages contribute to this process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. further engage with current and international languages and bilingual education curriculum and policy developments and their P-12 classroom pedagogical implications
  2. further explore intercultural contexts through interaction with spoken and written texts
  3. develop a range of assessment techniques to meet the diverse needs of language learners
  4. use technology as a tool for lesson, unit and syllabus design to optimise student learning
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing units of work inclusive of multimedia materials
  6. analyse and reflect on aspects of classroom practice, including teacher and learner roles, the use of teaching materials and languages teaching technology.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 : Investigation: issue related to classroom practice (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2: Unit of work integrating ICT and multimedia. (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 3: Micro-teaching and written assignment (1000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4873 Languages education in the secondary years 2A or EDF4117 Second language pedagogy

Co-requisites

EDF4872 Languages education in the secondary years 1B

Prohibitions

EDF4412 Languages other than English (LOTE) 2


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jim Ouliaris

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4876).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of legal and related studies. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of law-related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of legal studies education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of legal and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for legal and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of legal and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor student learning and progress
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching legal studies and law-related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of legal and related studies (2000 words, 50%),
Assessment Task 2: The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in legal studies

Prohibitions

EDF4111 Business education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jim Ouliaris

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4875).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of legal and related studies. Students will further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of law-related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students will gain deeper understandings of current developments in the theory and practice of legal studies education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of legal studies and law-related studies across Years 7 to 12,
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for legal and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of legal and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. create assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching legal and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: A teaching and learning plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4875 Legal studies education in the secondary years A or EDF4111 Business education

Prohibitions

EDF4413 Legal studies education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Hazel Tan

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4878).

Synopsis

This unit EDF4877 and the next unit EDF4878 explore the teaching and learning of mathematics in secondary schools. The units introduce students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in mathematics teaching, and focus on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. Students are provided with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on new and past experiences. The units are designed to prepare students to teach mathematics and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. Students are encouraged to develop an understanding of the subject discipline's place within secondary schools, at both junior level (Years 7 and 10) in this unit and senior levels (Years 11 to 12) in unit EDF4878. Together, the units emphasise a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of mathematics as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about mathematics into classroom learning activities for students
  3. plan and design lessons and units of work that may be suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and experiences of students
  4. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications, and a variety of assessment techniques available, for use in mathematics education classrooms
  5. become sensitised to the real world of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students
  6. develop, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching mathematics.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Investigative task(2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in mathematics (statistics is accepted as mathematics provided it is taken within a mathematics department)

Prohibitions

EDF4116 Mathematics and numeracy education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Hazel Tan

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4877).

Synopsis

This unit EDF4878 and the previous unit EDF4877 explore the teaching and learning of mathematics in secondary schools. The units introduce students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in mathematics teaching, and focus on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. Students are provided with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on new and past experiences. The units are designed to prepare students to teach mathematics and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. Students are encouraged to develop an understanding of the subject discipline's place within secondary schools, at both senior level (Years 11 and 12) in this unit and junior levels (Years 7 to 10) in EDF4877. Together, the units emphasise a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of mathematics as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about mathematics into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work, including assessment strategies, that may be suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and experiences of students
  4. explore ways of facilitating students in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  5. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications, and a variety of assessment techniques available, for use in mathematics education classrooms
  6. become sensitised to the real world of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students
  7. develop, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching mathematics.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Analysis task (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4877 Mathematics education in the secondary years A or EDF4116 Mathematics and numeracy education

Prohibitions

EDF4415 Mathematics education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Bleazby

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4880).

Synopsis

This unit is designed to prepare specialist teachers of media studies. It will introduce students to current debates and trends in media education. Students critically explore the different justifications for teaching media studies in secondary schools, as well as the benefits and negatives of different approaches to teaching media studies (e.g. a more vocational, 'hands on' appproach, as opposed to a more theoretical approach). Students will examine different approaches to teaching key media studies topics, including representation, narrative, new media and media production. Students will draw upon their knowledge of these topics to evaluate media studies teaching resources and design and implement individual lessons and assessment tasks for a range of levels and in accordance with state and national curriculum documents, including the VCE media studies study design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the scope and purpose of media studies
  2. understand and critically evaluate different approaches to teaching media studies
  3. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching media studies across different year levels
  4. effectively plan and teach media studies lessons for Years 7 to 12 and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  5. understand and implement effective assessment tasks for Years 7 to 12 media studies and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. understand the unique ethical, safety and legal issues associated with the teaching of media studies in secondary schools and be able to develop procedures to respond to these issues.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Evaluation of teaching resources task (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Lesson planning task (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in media studies

Prohibitions

EDF4112 English language and literacy education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Bleazby

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4879).

Synopsis

This unit is designed to prepare specialist teachers of media studies. It will further develop students' critical understandings of current trends in media education. Students will examine different approaches to teaching key media studies topics, including media industry, social values and the media, audience and media influence and media production. Students will draw upon their knowledge of these topics to design and implement sequential programs of lessons and assessment programs for a range of levels and in accordance with state and national curriculum documents, including the VCE media studies study design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. further develop their understanding of the scope and purpose of media studies
  2. understand and critically evaluate different approaches to teaching media studies
  3. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching media studies across different year levels
  4. develop sequences of lessons that meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  5. understand and implement effective assessment programs for Years 7 to 12 media studies and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. understand the unique ethical, safety and legal issues associated with the teaching of media studies in secondary schools and be able to develop procedures to respond to these issues.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Assessment design task (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Unit of work (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4879 Media education in the secondary years A or EDF4112 English language and literacy education

Prohibitions

EDF4416 Media education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Renee Crawford

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4882).

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the teaching and learning methods and major ideas useful in contemporary music education, particularly those that are essential for class music teachers. Further, this unit supports all music teaching and learning including that offered by instrumental specialist teachers. It provides students with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and also considers primary school music education from the viewpoint of the specialist music educator. Students will be encouraged to refine their attitudes through reflecting on their past, as well as providing new experiences. This is particularly pertinent for class music educators, many of whom are already experienced instrumental teachers and music professionals. The unit employs a pedagogical approach that connects theoretical and experiential learning, understanding these embedded practices to be interrelated and interdependent. As part of this cycle of learning, students are expected to engage in planning, presenting and evaluating teaching sequences through critical reflection. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process. The focus on this unit concentrates primarily on lower and middle secondary school music. The following subject EDF4882 Music education in the secondary years 1B, will focus on senior secondary school music. It is considered appropriate to do this as many students will find themselves required to teach the majority of their first teaching placement classes in the secondary levels mentioned.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of music
  2. begin to translate conceptual ideas and practical processes about music and music engagement into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding ofpractical and experiential learning and its implications. for use in diverse music education situations
  4. begin to explore ways of facilitating students in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  5. develop an understanding of curriculum and assessment in music education,
  6. begin to develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  7. begin to develop a wide variety of learning and teaching strategies that support the connections between music theory and practice and formulate a personal approach to teaching music.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Reflective journal (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music together with AMEB Grade VI or year 12 practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music specialising in one or more musical instruments.

Prohibitions

EDF4110 Arts education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Renee Crawford

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4881).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the key ideas and methods in teaching and learning music introduced in EDF4881 Music education in the secondary years 1A. Further, this unit supports all music teaching and learning including that offered by instrumental specialist teachers. It provides students with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools. The focus on this unit concentrates primarily on senior secondary school music. Students will be encouraged to refine their attitudes and approaches to music education through reflection and evaluation of both past and new experiences. This is particularly pertinent for class music educators, many of whom are already experienced instrumental teachers and music professionals. The unit employs a pedagogical approach that connects theoretical and experiential learning, understanding these embedded practices to be interrelated and interdependent. As part of this cycle of learning, students are expected to engage in planning, presenting and evaluating teaching sequences through critical reflection and analysis of pedagogical reasoning. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of music
  2. translate conceptual ideas and practical processes about music and music engagement into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding of a performative, experiential perspective on learning and its implications, and a variety of assessment techniques available, for use in diverse music education situations
  4. develop an understanding of senior seondary curriculum and assessment in music education
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  6. expand their understanding of the diversity of learnings and musics experienced by their studentscolleagues and peers to inform their presentation of meaningful and engaging learning experiences
  7. acquire an understanding of holistic learning and teaching including the wide variety of learning and teaching strategies that support the connections between music theory and practice in developing a personal approach to teaching music.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4881 Music education in the secondary years 1A or EDF4110 Arts education

Prohibitions

EDF4417 Music education 1


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Jenkins

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4884).

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the teaching and learning methods and major ideas useful in contemporary music education, particularly those that are essential for class music teachers. It expands the knowledge and understandings developed in EDF4881 and EDF4882 (Music education in the secondary years 1A and 1B). In particular, the unit explores issues and practices that surround the effective school music educator such as the establishment and management of school music departments, and the teaching, conducting and management of school performance ensembles (bands, choirs, orchestras and myriad ensemble arrangements). The unit considers the support that must be provided for all music teaching and learning in educational environments including that offered by instrumental specialist teachers. It focuses on the interrelationships and interdependencies between school music classroom teaching and learning and music performance practices. Students will be encouraged to share their past experiences in these areas, by reflecting on their own past, they may build a better understanding and basis for future practice as educators. This is particularly pertinent as most (if not all) students will already be experienced instrumental teachers and music professionals. It will also reposition students as novice learners of unfamiliar instruments (classroom recorder, guitar, keyboards, etc.) to explore effective teaching and learning and to develop recognition of the importance of the vital connections between theory and practice. In addition there will be discussion of the tensions inherent in advocacy issues for music both within and beyond the school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of significant issues that surround effective teaching and learning in music, particularly school music departments
  2. develop the understandings and skills to plan, present and manage school music ensembles and performances
  3. develop the skills and understandings to enable them to teach class instrumental music, at all times linking theory to practice
  4. develop an understanding of the challenges of positioning music within the school and the wider community.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music together with AMEB Grade VI or year 12 practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music specialising in one or more musical instruments.

Co-requisites

EDF4881 Music education in the secondary years 1A

Prohibitions

EDF4110 Arts education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Jenkins

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4883).

Synopsis

This unit further develops the understandings of teaching and learning methods and major ideas useful in contemporary music education.. It expands the knowledge and understandings developed in EDF4883 Music education education in the secondary years 2A. In particular, the unit explores major music methodologies such as Kodaly, Dalcroze, Yamaha and Suzuki and the possible application of these methodolgies to the secondary classroom. Students will be encouraged to share their past experiences in these methodologies, by reflecting on their own past, they may build a better understanding and basis for future practice as educators. The unit employs a pedagogical approach that connects theoretical and experiential learning, understanding these embedded practices to be interrelated and interdependent. This experiential learning will be furthered by the students' involvement in a class musical production, the components of which will have been developed by the students themselves. Through the process of planning for, and rehearsing the production, the students will experience directly the process that their own secondary school students will experience in the preparation of a school musical production.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of significant issues that surround effective teaching and learning in music, particularly school music departments
  2. develop the understandings and skills to plan, manage and present a school musical production
  3. expand their understanding of experiential music teaching and learning and reflected on supporting practices that can enhance school music education
  4. develop an understanding of various crucial music education methodolgies and the skills to incorporate elements of these methodolgies in the secondary classroom
  5. expand their understanding of the diversity of strategies, pedagogies and disciplines that will inform their work as music educators.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4883 Music education in the secondary years 2A or EDF4110 Arts education

Co-requisites

EDF4882 Music education in the secondary years 1B

Prohibitions

EDF4418 Music education 2


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Alexander Prins

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4886).

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach school outdoor education from Years 7 to 12. The unit will introduce students to the historical, philosophical, experiential and environmental foundations of outdoor education and how these shape professional practice and student learning. A focus for this unit will be on students developing competencies and skills in professional knowledge and professional practice. The unit will encourage students to reflect critically upon their experiences of learning, leading and teaching in outdoor education. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and/or via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop subject matter and pedagogical content knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate and explain the historical, philosophical, experiential and environmental foundations of outdoor education
  2. justify the purposes and rationale for teaching outdoor education in the curriculum
  3. develop content, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum that are developmentally appropriate
  4. demonstrate and develop knowledge of a range of resources and teaching/learning activities which supports student learning and engagement
  5. critically reflect upon and evaluate their teaching experiences in outdoor education in a school environment.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

Major study (48 credit points) in outdoor education, which includes environmental studies and outdoor recreational activities. A current first aid certificate (Emergency First Aid Level 2) is required.

Prohibitions

EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Phillip Payne

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4885).

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach school outdoor education from Years 7 to 12 with a particular emphasis on VCE Outdoor Environmental Studies. The unit will critically introduce students to the historical basis of the outdoor education curriculum and how these shape contemporary professional practice and student learning. It will encourage students to reflect critically upon their experiences of learning and teaching in outdoor education, and will be used to develop and refine their educational philosophy. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop curricula and refine their pedagogic skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. explain the historical, philosophical, experiential and environmental foundations of outdoor education curriculum
  2. examine and justify the distinctive purposes and rationale for teaching VCE outdoor environmental studies
  3. critically reflect on their beliefs, attitudes and experiences of outdoor education with regard to developing an educational philosophy appropriate to curriculum inquiry and critique
  4. develop, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum content appropriate for outdoor education,
  5. critically examine the impact of contemporary issues on policy, curriculum and pedagogy that impacts upon outdoor education
  6. develop, discuss and incorporate specific assessment practices that are appropriate for outdoor education
  7. critically assess their professional readiness and needs to effectively understand and successfully implement key curriculum documents in outdoor education in a school environment.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4885 Outdoor education in the secondary years A or EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education

Prohibitions

EDF4422 Outdoor education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Trent Brown

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4888).

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach school physical education from Years 7 to 12. It provides students with the historical, philosophical and experiential foundations of physical education and how these have shaped and continue to shape contemporary perspectives, paradigms of practice and student learning in physical and movement culture. A focus for this unit will be on students developing competencies and skills in professional knowledge and professional practice. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and/or via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop subject matter and pedagogical content knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate and explain the historical, philosophical and experiential foundations of physical education
  2. justify the purposes and rationale for teaching physical education in the curriculum
  3. develop content, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum that are developmentally appropriate
  4. demonstrate and develop knowledge of a range of resources and teaching/learning activities which supports student learning and engagement
  5. develop, discuss and incorporate various physical education specific assessment and reporting practices.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A major and minor sequence (total of 72 credit points) of study in physical education which should include discipline study in human movement (e.g. anatomy, physiology, exercise physiology, biomechanics, growth and motor development, skill acquisition and psycho-social aspects of physical activity), health and nutrition and study in the skill activity areas of fundamental motor skills, ball handling, dance, games, fitness education, athletics, aquatics and sport education.
A current first aid certificate (Emergency First Aid Level 2) and current AustSwim Teacher of Swimming and Water Safety certificate are required.

Prohibitions

EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Trent Brown

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4887).

Synopsis

This unit builds on physical education concepts and knowledge from the previous semester. It provides students with a continuing intellectual, theoretical and practical framing of secondary physical education enabling students to become critically reflective and informed professionals. The focus for this unit will be on students consolidating their physical education specific professional knowledge and professional practice, whilst identifying and engaging in professional learning for improved practice and student learning. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and/or via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop subject matter and pedagogical content knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum appropriate for senior physical education
  2. consolidate their understanding of professional knowledge and professional practice in physical education
  3. examine the impact of contemporary issues on policy, curriculum and pedagogy facing physical education and teachers of physical education
  4. develop an insight into the importance of professional learning and engagement in a changing society
  5. critically reflect and evaluate their teaching experiences in physical education in a school environment.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4887 Physical education in the secondary years A or EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education

Prohibitions

EDF4423 Physical education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Greg Lancaster

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4890).

Synopsis

This unit is the first of two units which aim to prepare pre-service teachers to teach physics in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist subject in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of this first unit is to assist pre-service teachers to build an understanding of the importance of developing an effective pedagogy for teaching physics through the continual use of critical self-reflection. The unit also aims to build an awareness of problematic physics content and evidence-based teaching approaches that sucessfully facilitate student conceptual understanding. Pre-service teachers will also be encouraged to trial a wide variety of teaching strategies and to build ICT skills and techniques considered essential for establishing a productive and engaging secondary classroom.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. interpret, critique and implement the language, content and assessment methods in the senior physics curriculum documents useful in contemporary physics teaching in secondary schools and colleges
  2. develop a capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their physics knowledge using a range of appropriate methods, while planning lessons which encourage purposeful and critical thinking in their students
  3. access and develop a diverse range of effective teaching strategies useful in physics and general science education, and design engaging activities suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds of their prospective students
  4. demonstrate an understanding of a range of common alternate conceptions frequently held by students and encountered when teaching key physics topics.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1A: Research report (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 1B: Interview and lessson Plan(1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2A: Reflective journal and discussion problems (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2B: Class multimedia presentation (1000 words equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in physics (includes electronics)

Prohibitions

EDF4113 General science education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Greg Lancaster

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4889).

Synopsis

This unit is the second of two units which aim to prepare pre-service teachers to teach physics in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of the second unit is to assist pre-service teachers to develop their capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their physics knowledge using a range of appropriate teaching strategies, while encouraging purposeful and critical thinking in their students.The unit also aims to build an awareness and confidence in each pre-service teacher to design a variety of authentic assessment and monitoring procedures aimed at evaluating the effectiveness of their students to achieve the intended learning objectives of the local senior physics curriculum framework. Pre-service teachers will also research and design a unit of work suitable for teaching a senior physics topic and critally reflect on their own professional practice and its importance for effecting continuous improvement. The unit will highlight the importance of setting personal and professional goals and actively seeking professional learning programs that contribute to the ongoing improvement of one's professional classroom practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. interpret, critique and implement the language, content and assessment methods in the senior physics curriculum documents useful in contemporary physics teaching in secondary schools and colleges
  2. develop a capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their physics knowledge using a range of appropriate methods, while planning lessons which encourage purposeful and critical thinking in their students
  3. access and develop a diverse range of effective teaching strategies useful in physics and general science education, and design engaging activities suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds of their prospective students
  4. research and design a unit of work suitable for teaching a topic from their local senior physics curriculum and critically reflect on their own professional practice and its importance for effecting continuous improvement
  5. access and employ a variety of authentic assessment and monitoring procedures aimed at evaluating the success of students to meet the intended learning outcomes of the lesson and physics curriculum framework.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1A: Written assignment (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 1B: Reflective journal and discussion problems (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2: Preparation of a unit of work (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 7 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4889 Physics education in the secondary years A or EDF4113 General science education

Prohibitions

EDF4419 Physics education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Karen Marangio

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4892).

Synopsis

This unit explores the teaching and learning of psychology in secondary schools. It is designed to prepare students to teach psychology and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. It encourages students to consider the purpose of teaching psychology in schools and develop an understanding of the subject discipline's place within secondary schools, at senior level (Years 11 and 12) and younger (Years 7 to 10), including within the science domain and links to other domains such as health and humanities. It emphasises a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. appreciate the nature and scope of psychology as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. be familiar with the curricula policies related to teaching of psychology, both nationally and internationally
  3. follow ethical guidelines when teaching psychology, and plan responsibly, especially when carrying out research investigations and teaching potentially sensitive or controversial topics
  4. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of psychology
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work, including assessment strategies, that embrace the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and personal experiences of students
  6. select and utilise appropriate resources, including drawing on current local or global issues, popular media to create effective learning activities that may incorporate ICT to suit the school context and the student's learning needs
  7. inspire learners of psychology to foster an interest in and positive attitude toward the understanding of human mental processes and behaviours
  8. value the links between psychological understandings, the 'real world' and students' everyday lives and consider what it means to be a psychologically literate citizen in today's society
  9. work collaboratively with peers to help articulate the pedagogical issues, consider different perspectives and understand that learning to teach is a social endeavour
  10. reflect critically on the development of their own teaching and learning to teach psychology.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Alternative conceptions (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Reflective journal (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in psychology

Prohibitions

EDF4113 General science education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Karen Marangio

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4891).

Synopsis

This unit builds on EDF4891 Psychology education in the secondary years A as it continues to explore the teaching and learning of psychology in secondary schools. It is designed to prepare students to teach psychology and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. It continues to encourage students to consider the purpose of teaching psychology in schools and psychology's place within secondary schools and focuses more on electronic assessment, debate, learning spaces and information technologies this semester. It emphasises a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. appreciate the nature and scope of psychology as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. be familiar with the curricula policies related to teaching of psychology, both nationally and internationally
  3. follow ethical guidelines when teaching psychology, and plan responsibly, especially when carrying out research investigations and teaching potentially sensitive or controversial topics
  4. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of psychology
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work, including assessment strategies, that embrace the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and personal experiences of students
  6. select and utilise appropriate resources, including drawing on current local or global issues, popular media to create effective learning activities that may incorporate ICT to suit the school context and the student's learning needs
  7. inspire learners of psychology to foster an interest in and positive attitude toward the understanding of human mental processes and behaviours
  8. value the links between psychological understandings, the 'real world' and students' everyday lives and consider what it means to be a psychologically literate citizen in today's society
  9. work collaboratively with peers to help articulate the pedagogical issues, consider different perspectives and understand that learning to teach is a social endeavour
  10. reflect critically on the development of their own teaching and learning to teach psychology.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4891 Psychology education in the secondary years A or EDF4113 General science education

Prohibitions

EDF4424 Psychology education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Tudball (Clayton); Dr Niranjan Casinader (Gippsland)

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4894).

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable social education teachers. Students will be able to critically explore different approaches to teaching social education in Years 7 to 12. The unit will involve an examination of various strategies, resources, activities and forms of assessment for teaching different areas of the social education curriculum, including civics and citizenship, history, geography, politics, international studies, sociology, cultural studies, studies of Asia, and sustainability that are taught in diverse ways in schools. Students will also critically examine relevant state and national curriculum documents.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary trends in, and approaches to, social education teaching in Australia
  2. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching social education
  3. effectively plan and teach social education lessons across different year levels and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  4. develop units of work that meet the requirements of curriculum for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  5. understand and implement effective assessment programs for Years 7 to 12 social education and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. effectively design social education lessons that integrate information and communication technologies
  7. effectively design social education lessons that facilitate critical thinking, research, numeracy and literacy skills.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Annotated bibliography of teaching resources (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Lesson planning task (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in a social science area, eg anthropology, cultural studies, economics, environmental studies, geography, history , legal studies, philosophy, politics, sociology, together with a part in another of these areas of study.

Prohibitions

EDF4118 Social and environmental education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Tudball (Clayton); Dr Niranjan Casinader (Gippsland)

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4893).

Synopsis

This unit aims to build on the understanding developed in EDF4893 Social education in the secondary years A, to further prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable social education teachers. Students will be able to critically explore different approaches to teaching social education in Years 7 to 12. The unit will involve an examination of various strategies, resources, activities and forms of assessment for teaching different areas of the social education curriculum. Students will also critically examine national curriculum documents and explore examples of social education internationally, to prepare them to be teachers in other global contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary trends in, and approaches to, social education teaching in Australia and internationally
  2. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching social education
  3. effectively plan and teach social education lessons across different year levels and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  4. develop units of work that meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12, in either Australian or another global curriculum
  5. understand and implement effective assessment programs for Years 7 to 12 social education and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. effectively design social education lessons that integrate information and communication technologies
  7. effectively design social education lessons that facilitate critical thinking, research, numeracy and literacy skills.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Assessment design task (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Unit of work (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4893 Social education in the secondary years A or EDF4118 Social and environmental education

Prohibitions

EDF4421 Social education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4896).

Synopsis

This unit is designed to enable pre-service teachers to develop skills in lesson planning and to confidently approach their initial pre-service classroom experiences. It builds understanding of the ways in which visual art and design pedagogy can be considered in practical terms, and the corresponding nature of professional identity for the specialist art and design teacher. The emphasis is on exploring classroom practice and curriculum design, offering students opportunities to identify with the professional responsibilities specific to learning and teaching in the disciplines that inform visual art and design curriculum practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to lessons and units of work in visual art and design
  2. critically determine and select appropriate content for units of work in visual art and design
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for teaching and learning in visual art and design
  4. identify important pedagogical issues in visual art and design educational theory
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to the evaluation of specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Unit of work (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Reflective task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in relevant area(s) of visual arts (e.g. photography, sculpture, drawing, ceramics, multimedia) which includes at least one quarter of a year of practical art content.

Prohibitions

EDF4110 Arts education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4895).

Synopsis

This unit builds on coursework undertaken in EDF4895 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 1A. It enables pre-service visual art and design teachers to build skills in curriculum design through teaching studio-based practice. It explores a range of issues with respect to classroom pedagogy in the visual arts that are specific to aesthetic education, including a discussion of the interdisciplinary relationships between artists, designers and teachers, and their impact for conceptions of student experience.The unit takes students into a deeper experience of curriculum theory especially as it has developed through reform of the dominant curriculum models in the visual arts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to lessons and units of work in visual art and design
  2. critically determine and select appropriate content for units of work in visual art and design
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for teaching and learning in visual art and design
  4. identify important pedagogical issues in visual art and design educational theory
  5. apply concepts drawn from discipline-based art education (DBAE) and other relevant curriculum models, with critical theoretical and conceptual issues, to the evaluation of specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Reflective task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Research task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4895 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 1A or EDF4110 Arts education

Prohibitions

EDF4425 Visual art education 1


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4898).

Synopsis

This unit provides pre-service art teachers with a heightened sense of the connections between the knowledge disciplines which inform visual art curriculum. It enables students to build skills around the development of art historical and art critical knowledge, such as research and unit preparation. The tasks involved in this unit will also enable students to learn about museum activities and the design of museum experiences for secondary school art and design students. The unit provides a rudimentary introduction to art historiography and pedagogical strategies relevant to art history and art criticism that lead students back to studio practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to discipline-based knowledge in the visual arts
  2. critically determine and select appropriate art historical and art critical tasks
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for museum education in the visual arts and design fields
  4. identify important pedagogical strategies in visual art and design
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Research task (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Research essay (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in relevant area(s) of visual arts (e.g. photography, sculpture, drawing, ceramics, multimedia) which includes at least one quarter of a year of practical art content.

Co-requisites

EDF4895 Visual art and design education for the secondary years 1A

Prohibitions

EDF4110 Arts education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4897).

Synopsis

This unit builds on coursework undertaken in EDF4897 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 2A. It enables pre-service visual art and design teachers to build skills in curriculum design through teaching studio-based practice. It explores a range of issues with respect to classroom pedagogy in the visual arts that are specific to aesthetic education, including a discussion of the interdisciplinary relationships between artists, designers and teachers, and their impact for conceptions of student experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand relevant structural issues to curriculum evaluation in visual art and design
  2. critically determine and select appropriate assessment mechanisms in visual art and design
  3. consider conceptual problems relevant to the challenge of aesthetic education
  4. identify important pedagogical and aesthetic issues in visual art and design educational theory
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Reflective task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Research task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4897 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 2A or EDF4110 Arts education

Co-requisites

EDF4896 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 1B

Prohibitions

EDF4426 Visual art education 2


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

The Honours thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory or issue in the field of education, undertaken with guidance and support from the supervisor. Students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence during their research study. All Honours students are required to present their research proposal at a research seminar. The Honours thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Honours Thesis (both Part 1 and Part 2) will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the doctorate programs.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit (and EDF5152 Honours thesis part 2), students should be able to produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD.

Specifically, they should be able to:

  1. Devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame;

  1. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious;

  1. select and review relevant theory and literature;

  1. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions;

  1. select appropriate modes of analysis;

  1. consider ethical issues involved in research;

  1. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field; and

  1. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Honours thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF5152).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Honours thesis part 1 will usually occur when students have successfully completed the compulsory research unit. However, students may, with the written agreement of the course adviser, undertake a thesis before completing all the coursework requirements.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

The Honours thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory or issue in the field of education, undertaken with guidance and support from the supervisor. Students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence during their research study. All Honours students are required to present their research proposal at a research seminar. The Honours thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Honours Thesis (both Part 1 and Part 2) will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the doctorate programs.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit (and EDF5151 Honours thesis Part 1), students should be able to produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD.

Specifically, they should be able to:

  • Devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  • identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  • Select and review relevant theory and literature
  • Design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  • Select appropriate modes of analysis
  • Consider ethical issues involved in research
  • Implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  • Prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Honours degree of Bachelor of Education thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF5151).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Honours thesis Part 2 will usually occur when students have successfully completed the Honours thesis Part 1.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

The Honours thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory or issue in the field of education, undertaken with guidance and support from the supervisor. Students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence during their research study. All Honours students are required to present their research proposal at a research seminar. The Honours thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Honours Thesis (both Part 1 and Part 2) will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the doctorate programs.

Outcomes

Specifically, they should be able to:

  • Devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  • identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  • Select and review relevant theory and literature
  • Design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  • Select appropriate modes of analysis
  • Consider ethical issues involved in research
  • Implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  • Prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Honours degree of Bachelor of Education thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF5151 and EDF5152).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week workload

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Honours thesis extension 1 will usually occur when, due to extenuating circumstances, students require more time to complete their theses. A case needs to be made, and with the support of their supervisors, students may enrol in EDF5153


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

The Honours thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory or issue in the field of education, undertaken with guidance and support from the supervisor. Students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence during their research study. All Honours students are required to present their research proposal at a research seminar. The Honours thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Honours Thesis (both Part 1 and Part 2) will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the doctorate programs.

Outcomes

Specifically, they should be able to:

  • Devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  • identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  • Select and review relevant theory and literature
  • Design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  • Select appropriate modes of analysis
  • Consider ethical issues involved in research
  • Implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  • Prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Honours thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF5151, EDF5152 and EDF5153).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hrs per week workload

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Honours thesis extension 2 will usually occur when, due to extenuating circumstances, students require more time to complete their theses. A case needs to be made, and with the support of their supervisors, students may enrol in EDF5154